Class 11 New English Book Notes

Class XI
ME English Center
For Class 11 New
English Book Notes
___Prepared by|UmmeAiman
er
nt
Ce
ish
gl
En
E
M
If you do not understand anything in these notes or find any mistakes in spelling or grammar,
please submit your report to ME English Center.
Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

Class XI
SECTION-A: PROSE
Unit 1.1 “Quaid on 11th August, 1947.”

Unit 2.1 “Once More to the Lake.”
er
Unit 3.1 “The Necklace.”
nt
Unit 4.1 “Technological Revolution.”
Unit 5.1 “My Bank Account.”
Unit 6.1 “Self-reliance.”
Ce
ish
Unit 7.1 “Struggle for an Education.”
Unit 8.1 “A Voyage to the City of Lions.”
gl
Unit 9.1 “Choosing a Career.”

En
Unit 10.1 “Pearls of Wisdom.”

E
M

Class XI
Unit 1. "Democratic Citizenship"
Pre Reading.
1. What do you know about the Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah?

Ans. I know that Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah is the founder of Pakistan.
er
2. What was his main contribution?
Ans. His main contribution was the creation of new state for the Muslim
nt
community.
3. What was his vision for Pakistan? Ce

Ans. My guiding principle will be justice and complete impartiality and I am sure
ish
that with your support and cooperation, I can look forward to Pakistan becoming
one of the greatest nations of the world.
gl
4. Share some famous quotes of the Quaid-e-Azam.

En
Ans. Some famous quotes of the Quaid-e-Azam are given below.

“I do not believe in taking the right decision, I take a decision and make it right.”
E
“There are two powers in the world; one is the sword and the other is the pen."
“Think a hundred times before you take a decision, but once that decision is
M
taken, stand by it as one man.”
Unit 1.1.
"Quaid on 11th August 1947."
Exercise 1
Work in pairs and deduce contextually the meaning of the following words. After
completing, share your work with your partner.
Words Meaning

Class XI
1. Unprecedented unmatched, never known or done before
2. Sovereign supreme, absolute
3. Monster a large and ugly creature
4. Starvation Famine
5. Colossal huge, massive
6. Nepotism favoritism (relatives)
7. Onerous severe, heavy, hard
er
8 Titanic exceptional strength, size or power
nt
9. Gravest serious, important
10. Relentlessly continuously

Ce
ish
Exercise 2
Work in pairs, read the following phrases and idioms which have been taken from
gl
the text. Match the phrases and idioms in Column A with corresponding meanings
in Column B and write answers in Column C. After you have completed, compare
En
your answers with your partner. First one has been done as an example.
E
M
Words Idioms
1. Put down E. stop holding something
2. Bring about D. to cause something to happen
3. Go through J. read or examine thoroughly
4. Conferred upon A. grant of something for
5. Bound to B. be certain to
6. with an iron hand H. with full force

Class XI
7. To tackle the monster F. to deal or face great problem
8. Bring to bear G. have an effect of something
9. To bury the hatchet C. to end fight to make peace
10. To lead someone to I. encourage to do an expected task
Exercise 3.
Brad the statements and encircle the right option.
er
i. The Quaid-e-Azam was speaking to the Constituent Assembly at ______.
a) national level ✓
nt
b) regional level.
c) global level.
d) provincial level Ce
ii. The main function of the Constituent Assembly was to_____.
ish
a) make country as example
b) honor assembly members
gl
c) make constitution ✓
d) practice constitution
En
iii. According to the Quaid-e-Azam, 'cyclonic revolution' meant a wave of _______.

a) discrimination
E
b) revolt ✓
c) elections
M
d) legislation
iv. The main task of the Govt. according to the Quaid-e-Azam is to________.
a. make constitution for provinces
b) stop black marketing
c) curb bribery
d) make law and order ✓
v. According to the Quaid-e-Azam, the poisonous thing is_______.
a) corruption ✓
b) black-marketing
c) nepotism

Class XI
d) law and order situation

vi. The colossal crime monster as stated in the text is______.
a) the law
b) black marketing ✓
c) favoritism
d) bribery
vii. On 11 August 1947, Quaid-e Azam was speaking to_____.
a) already function assembly
b) first legislative body ✓
c) whole nation
d) embers of the provincial body.
er
viii) The first legislative body was bestowed with ________.
nt
a) full powers ✓
b) limited powers
c) only make legislative powers
d) only powers to curb bribery
Ce
ish
ix) The thing that was already prevailing in the continent after partition
was________.
a) bribery
gl
b) foodstuff
En
c) nepotism ✓
d) starvation
x) The guided principles of the Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah are _______.
E
a) support & cooperation

M
b) justice & fair play ✓

c) prejudice & honor
d) angularity of majority & minority
Post Reading.
Exercise 4.
Read the text and answer the following questions:
Q1. Why was the Quaid feeling honored while addressing the First Constituent
Assembly?

Class XI
Ans: On 11th August 1947, the First Constituent Assembly was established in
in order to frame a constitution for Pakistan. The Quaid was made its first ever
president. The newly born nation gave him the right to deliver the inaugural speech.
Thus he was feeling honored while addressing the assembly.
Q2. Which were the greatest curses according to the Quaid-i-Azam?

Ans: According to the Quaid-i-Azam, Pakistan had inherited several curses i.e.
black marketing, nepotism, jobbery etc. To him, one of the greatest curses was
bribery and corruption.
Q3. What was the Quaid's vision about religious freedom?
er
Ans: The Quaid's vision about the religious freedom was: "No power can hold
nt
another nation in subjection. Therefore, we must learn a lesson from this. You are
free, you are free to go to your temples, you are free to go to your mosques or to
Ce
any other places of worship in this State of Pakistan. You may belong to any
religion or caste or creed - that has nothing to do with the business of the State.
ish
We are starting in the days when there is no discrimination, no distinction
between one community and another, no discrimination between one caste or
creed and another. We are starting with this fundamental principle that we are all
gl
equal citizens of one State."

En
Q4. According to the Quaid-i-Azam, what lesson should we learn?

Ans. According to the Quaid-i-Azam, we should learn the lesson of equality. There
E
should not be a supersession of one community to another. There should not be

M
discrimination on the basis of religion, caste, creed or community. All citizens

should try to give priority to the State rather than religion or creed.
Q5. How for the key ideas of the Quaid's speech are applicable to the present
scenario?
Ans. The key ideas of the Quaid's speech are:
Unification of all the residents of the State.
● Caste, creed and communities should be merged into one Nation.All residents
should think for the general welfare of the state but not for their particular
religions.
● The curses of bribery, corruption, jobbery, nepotism and black marketing should

Class XI
be rooted out.
● All of the above key ideas are applicable in the present scenario of Pakistan. Our
State needs to adopt the ideas for the general well being of our country.
Q6. How can we make Pakistan prosperous in the light of the Quaid's vision?
Ans. We can make Pakistan happy and prosperous by forgetting the past and
working for the well being of the poor and needy people of the country. We
should cooperate with one another. We should not help one another on the basis of
religion or caste but on the basis of equal citizens of the country.
Q7. "I shall always be guided by the principles of justice and fair play without any
er
political language, prejudice and ill-will." Elaborate these words.
nt
Ans. Here the Quaid wanted to say that he would follow the principles of justice
and fair play while dealing with the citizens of the country. He promised to keep
Ce
personal enmities away while dealing the people for the sake of a prosperous and
peaceful Pakistan. He would never think about any community but he would try to treat
ish
everyone equally.
Exercise 5.
gl
The text of the Quaid's speech has some statements of facts and some of
En
opinions. Work in pairs and read the following statements and write fact or opinion
in the answer column. First one has been done as an example. After you have
completed, share your work with your partner.
E
M
Statement Fact/Opinion
1. The Quaid-e Azam was president of the First (Fact)
Constituent Assembly.
2. Hope that with your support we will make this (Opinion)

Constituent Assembly as an example.
3. The first duty of the Government is to maintain law and (Opinion)

order.

Class XI
4. All kinds of inhabitants are living in the sub-continent. (Fact)
5. Nepotism and jobbery are social evils. ( Fact)
6. The mighty revolution that has taken place is ( Opinion)

unprecedented.
Exercise 6.
Do you think some of the ideas in this historic speech are not included? Work
er
individually and search out the missed points of above speech using various sources
and share these with the class.
nt
Ans. I think the following ideas are missing.
1. Future plans about Kashmiris are missed. Ce
2. Discussion of the India plan was not included.
ish
3.Discussion of population and inflation also not included.
gl
_____________________________________
En
E
M

Class XI
Unit 2. "Preservation Of Nature"
Pre Reading.
1. Look at the pictures and compare and contrast them.

Ans. The pictures are of two lakes in Maine (USA). In one picture a lake exists in its
natural form while in another picture the lake is polluted through artificiality i.e.
er
man-made buildings surround it. After replacing the lake into a residential area, it has
lost its natural beauty and is not ready to survive anymore.
nt
Ce
2. Guess the theme of the text you are going to study.
Ans. I guess that the theme of the text, we are going to read, is about the
preservation of nature. One should not turn the natural beauty into polluted areas by
ish
building the residential or commercial areas around it. It should be just used for the
purpose of a picnic.
gl
En
Unit 2.1.
"Once More to The Lake"
E
Exercise 1.
M
Work in pairs and deduce the meaning of words given in column A and write
their contextual meaning in column B.
Words Meanings
1. Marred spoil, ruin
2. Tarred covered with tar
3. Grooves channels, trenches

Class XI
4. Sneak move or go in a furtive or stealthy way
5. Illusion hallucination
6. Creepy frightening
7. Moss a very small, green or yellow plant
8. Jollity lively and cheerful activity or celebration
9. Sedative calming
10. Petulant bad-tempered
er
nt
Exercise 2.
Ce
Read the statements and encircle the correct option.
1. The writer in the essay 'Once More to the Lake' is accompanied by his ________.
ish
a. brother
b. son ✓
gl
c. wife
En
d. pet
2. In the beginning of 'Once More to the Lake', the writer characterizes himself
as_______.
E
a. lake-water man ✓
M
b. pond-water man
c. salt-water man
d. ordinary man
3. The writer has referred to the word 'placidity' in the context of _______.
a. peacefulness
b. calmness ✓
c. loneliness
d. idleness.
4. The _____ were/was tapping on the roof of the camp of writers.
a. mosquitoes
b. swam

Class XI
c. squirrel ✓
d. mouse
5. The writer felt at the end of the essay ________.
a. the fear of storms
b. the danger of life
c. happy
d. the loneliness ✓
6. _______ caught two fish before lunch.
a. son
b. father
c. both a and b ✓
er
d. spinner.
nt
7. The writer revisited the lake with his son in ________ season.
a. summer ✓
b. winter
c. autumn
Ce
ish
d. spring
8. The writer's son has been _____ while traveling by train.
a. weeds
gl
b. Lily pads ✓
En
c. sheltered bay
d. wet woods
9. The writer used to visit lake _______.
E
a. in New York
M
b. in Maine ✓
c. near his farm house
d. in his school
10. For __________, the writer used to go to the lake.
a. fishing ✓
b. seeing waves
c. enjoying cool water
d. enjoying swimming
Exercise 3

Class XI
The writer has described the things of the past which he saw on the lake. He has also
presented the scenario of that lake after a few years. Read the text individually. First, write
the five things that the writer observed and loved in the past. Then, write five changes that
took place later on. After you have completed, share your work with your partner.
Past scene of Lake

1. The sheltered bay and streams.
2. The hills that the sun set behind.
3. The camp and the path behind the camp.
4. The cool and motionless lake early in the morning.
er
5. The long shadows of the pines.
Later scene
nt
1. The noisy sound of the motor.
3. Fishing scene.
4. The tarred or pitched road
Ce
2. The worms and dragonfly on the boat while fishing.
ish
5. A school of fish and it's shadow in the water.
gl
Exercise 4
En
In this text, the writer has used similes and metaphors at many places. Now, work
in groups. Analyze the text and write five examples of similes, and five examples of
metaphors in respective columns. After you have completed, share your work with
E
other groups.
M
Similes
1. Motors whined about one's ears like mosquitoes.
2. It is strange how much you can remember about places like that once you allow
your mind to return into the grooves which lead back.
3. None of us ever thought there was any place in the world like that lake in Maine.
4. It was the arrival of this fly that convinced me beyond any doubt that
everything was as it always had been, that the years were mirage and there had
been no mirage.
5. I seemed to be living a dual existence.

Class XI
Metaphors
1. The boat would leap ahead, charging full fashion at the dock.
2. Cottages sprinkled
3. Wild lake.
4. The lake seemed like an enchanted sea.
5. The lake is a constant and trustworthy body of water.
Exercise 5
Read the text and answer the following questions
1. Why does the writer take a vacation at this particular lake?
er
Ans. The writer takes a vacation at this particular lake in order to forget the hard
nt
realities of life. The calmness of the natural lake provides him comfort. He loves it
too much, because it takes him to the distant past when he used to go there with
Ce
his father. With the help of it he tries to escape mortality.
ish
2. Which key concerns the writer has expressed in the text?
Ans: The following key concerns the writer has expressed in the text.
gl
1. Love to the past memories or nostalgia.

2. Power of memory.
En
3. Transistorized life.
4. Inevitability of mortality/death.
5. Father and son relationship.
E
6. Past and present.

M
7. Greatness of nature.
8. Old technology vs. new technology.
3. How has the lake changed since he was a boy?

Ans: The exquisite charm of early morning has vanished. The canoe,he used
to enjoy had now been converted into motor boats. In the past, few families used to
visit the lake but as time passed more people from far and wide would come there as it
had become a tourist attraction.
4. What contrast does the writer make between the sea and the lake?

Class XI
Ans. Writer says the lake is stagnant whereas sea water can easily vibrate. The lake is a
constant and trustworthy body of water as it had never been a wild lake . On the other
hand, sea water can be stirred.
5. Why does the writer repeatedly call the lake a wild lake?
Ans. The writer repeatedly calls the lake as wild lake in order to emphasize the
cottages surrounded it. He says that it is not at a place where men can not reside.
Men not only enjoy the calmness nature of the lake but also settled there
cottages to live in the peaceful atmosphere of the lake which is not wild.
6 Why is arriving at the lake less exciting now than in the past?
er
Ans. It was less exciting for the poet to revisit the lake accompanied by his son.
nt
This time he was not as enthused as before due to the age difference. Next,
the artificiality and noise pollution has also spoiled the natural beauty of the lake.
It was no more as peaceful as it was before.
Ce
ish
7. How are the boat motors different in the present situation?
Ans. In the present situation, the motorboats produce irritable and awful sound
now unlike before. New boats have noisier engines. In the former days motors
gl
were also indoors, but now they were outdoors by the campers.
En
8 The writer calls the lake a 'holy spot'. How does he further develop this idea?
Ans: The essayist describes the lake as a holy spot because it provides him solace
E
or peace. He further develops it by explaining it more that it makes him forget the
M
worldly worries and takes him to his beautiful past. It reminds him of his beautiful
childhood. It helps him to forget his mortality.
9. What kind of sensation persisted and grew in the mind of the writer?
Ans. While spending time at the lake, the essayist feels a dual existence of himself.
Memories of the past haunt him. He finds himself in his son and himself as his
father. He is at the same time his father in imagination and his son's father in
reality. Such a creepy sensation persisted and grew in the mind of the writer.
10. What is the central idea of the text?

Ans. The central idea of the text is that the writer wants to show the relationship

Class XI
between sight and insight, observation and speculation through reminisces of his
boyhood summer. Especially in this essay, the writer displays the power of
memory and the utmost fear of mortality.
Exercise 6
Work individually and recollect your past impression of natural things of your city ar
village. Enlist these all and also write the changes that have taken place now. Share
all these with the class.
Recollected Past Natural Scenes

1. The greenery of the field.
er
2. A beautiful lake surrounded by trees.
nt
3. The most impressive scene was the play during rain in mud with little
comrades.
Changing
Ce
ish
1. The greenery of the field into deserted areas due to insufficient water.
2. Trees are replaced into the buildings.
gl
3. Little comrades are no more

En
_________________________
E
M
"Unit 3. MANAGING CHANGE"

Class XI
Pre Reading
1. What makes you a happy person?

Ans. When I help others, I always feel happy. "To help the others' makes me a
happy person.
2. Do you think money can make a person happy?

Ans. No, money can not make a person happy. It rather, becomes the cause of
misery in our life.
er
3. Have you ever borrowed anything precious and lost?
nt
Ans. Yes, I borrowed a watch from my friend and I lost it somewhere. I was
worried about the watch, but when I told to my friend he didn't show any
reaction to it.
Ce
ish
"Unit 3.1
The Necklace"
gl
Exercise 1.
En
Work in pairs and deduce the meaning of words given in column A and write their
contextual meaning in column B. Share with your after you have completed.
E
No Column A Column B
M
1 Elite Aristocracy, a set group of people.
2 Fancy Elaborate in structure or decoration.
3 Thrilled Cause (someone) to have a sudden feeling of

excitement and pleasure.
4 Embarrassed Humiliated, awkward.
5 Retrace Go back over (the same route that has just

taken)
6 horrified Extremely shocked, filled with horror.

Class XI
7 scrub Clean, rub to clean something.
8 shabby In poor condition through long use or lack

of care.
9 strolling Walking in a leisurely way.
10 Clasp Grasp someone tightly.
Exercise 2.
er
1. _________ was working in education.
nt
a. Mathilde
b. Loisel ✓
c. Mansion
d. Forester
Ce
ish
2. Mathilde belonged to a/an ______ family.
a. rich
b. poor
gl
c. middle class ✓
En
d. elite
3. Loisel gives Mathilde four hundred francs to _________.
a. buy outfits ✓
E
b. go to theater
M
c. buy jewelry
d. help her friend
4. Matilde seems happiest when she _________.
a. received the invitation
b. danced in the part ✓
c. bought a new dress
d. borrowed the necklace
5. The main theme of "The Necklace" is _________.
a. We suffer for our vanities ✓
b. It is unwise to borrow things
c. Parties can lead to trouble

Class XI
d. Friends should be honest with each other.

6. When she borrowed a necklace, Mme. Loisel spent the whole evening in
________.
a. talking with her husband
b. watching rich people ✓
c. wishing she had not come
d. dancing with many men.
7. In order to pay for the necklace, M. loisel does all of the following except
________.
a. contribute his entire inheritance.
b. make deals with loan swindlers.
er
c. borrowing money from the bank.
nt
d. Paying his house loan ✓
8. Throughout the story, Mme. Loisel values __________.
a. love
b. appearances ✓
Ce
ish
c. knowledge
d. wisdom
9. When Mathilde had to return the Necklace, she was looking as ________.
gl
a. rich
En
b. proud ✓
c. peasant
d. miser
E
10. Mathilde bought another Necklace for _______ francs.

M
a. sixty
b. fifty
c. thirty six ✓
d. fifty six
Exercise 3.

Class XI
work individually. Read the text again and mark (✓) for true, and (X) for false
against each statement given below.
No Statement Answe
r
1 At first Mathilde demanded a diamond necklace X

from her husband.
2 Mathilde wept after returning from her friend's X

home.
er
3 Poverty ruined Mathilde's life and looks. ✓
nt
4 The story of 'The Necklace' tells about greed and ✓
hope.
5 Ce
The idiom 'burst into tears' means weep
intensely.
✓
ish
6 Sous and francs are the words that indicate ✓
currency.
gl
7 After seven days, they decided to replace the ✓

En
diamond necklace.
8 At the end of the story, the same diamond X

necklace was returned.
E
M
_____________________
Exercise 4
Read the text and answer following questions:
1. Why did M. Loisel expect his wife to be pleased to receive the invitation?
Ans. Mathilde was the wife of Mr. loisel. She belonged to a middle class family. She
didn't have a good collection of dresses and jewellery. She always daydreamed
about being rich. She was fond of attending the rich men's parties. So, when Mr.
loisel gave her the invitation of such a party, he expected his wife to be pleased to
receive the invitation of a grand party, because she never had a chance to go at

Class XI
the party.
2. What was Mme. Loisel's reaction on reading the invitation?

Ans. Mme. Loisel became very sad after reading the invitation. She cried a lot and
burst into tears, because she did not have a fancy dress to wear at the party.
3. How was the life of Mme. Loisel before the loss of the necklace?
Ans. Mme. Loisel lived a happy and contented life before the loss of the necklace.
She was pretty, charming and seemed to be young and attractive. She was not rich, but
she had enough money to live a happy life. She daydreamed about being
rich but remained satisfied in her life.
er
nt
4. What efforts were made to find Mme. Forestier's necklace?
Ans. As Mme. Forestier's necklace had been lost by Mme. Loisel. She, with her
Ce
The husband searched everywhere in the apartment. Her husband also retraced their
steps. They tried from 4 a.m to 7 a.m, but were failed in their attempts to find the
ish
lost necklace.
5. Describe in your own words how Loisel's life changed after they had paid for
gl
the new necklace.

En
Ans. Mr. Loisel and his wife were content with what they had. They didn't have
enough saving amount. When they lost the necklace, they borrowed money and
bought a new one in order to replace and return it to its owner. After than, they
E
lived a life of poverty to repay the borrowed amount. They both lived in a cheap
M
apartment. Mr. Loisel did double jobs. Mme. Loisel did household work and did
not spend extra money. After ten years, they succeeded in repaying the debts.
6. What was Mme. Forestier reaction when seeing Mme. Loisel before she figured
out who she was?
Ans. Mme. The Forestier did not recognize Mme. loisel (Mathilde). So, she was
surprised when she called her nickname. She cried out and asked her how she
was changed and became old.
7. How did Mr. and Mme. Loisel replaced the necklace?

Class XI
Ans. They borrowed money and searched for the same shaped necklace. They bought
it in thirty six thousand francs and returned it to Mme. Forestier in the place of
the borrowed one. She did not notice the replacement of the jewelry.
8 What was Mme? Forestier's reaction when the necklace was returned?
Ans. Mme. Forestier behaved rudely when the necklace was returned. She did not
open the box to confirm the jewelry. She let Mme. Loisel to feel that she had to
return the jewelry earlier.
9. How did Mr. Loisel contribute to the cost of the new necklace?
Ans. Mr. Loisel had eighteen thousand francs inherited from his father. He gave
er
all the amount to Mathilde for purchasing the new necklace. The price of the jewelry
nt
was thirty six thousand francs. He borrowed the rest amount from his
friends, moneylenders and Money swindlers. Whatever money he had he
Ce
sacrificed them all for the sake of his wife's mistake.
ish
10. How was Mme. Loisel's sacrifices in vain?
Ans. After purchasing the new necklace, Mme. Loisel had to live a life of poverty.
She lived in a small apartment. She spent ten years in peasantry. At the end,
gl
when she met with me. Forestier who told her that the necklace she borrowed
En
from her was fake and of five hundred francs. In such way, her ten hard working
years had been in vain.
E
Exercise 5.
M
Work individually and describe the following characters in your own words in your
notebook. Share your work with your partner after you have written
Mathilde
Loisel
Mme. Forestier
1. Mathilde:
Mathilde is the main character of the story. She plays an important role. The whole
The story surrounds her personality. From beginning to the end, she proves to be a

Class XI
dominant character. She plays both protagonist and antagonist roles in the story.
She is a good wife, a sincere friend and a sacrificing woman. Her major drawback
is her greed. She is a greedy woman.
Her physical appearances:

Mathilde is an attractive, charming, pretty and beautiful lady. She is famous
because of her beauty. Whosoever looks her, becomes an admirer of her
attractive personality. But at the end, after bearing hardships, she loses her
beauty and she becomes an old woman.
As an ordinary woman:
er
Mathilde is a greedy woman. She values appearances. She is greedy for being rich.
nt
She is fond of fancy dresses and diamond jewelry. She always remains in day
dreams. She wants to attend the grand parties. She wants to dance with the rich
Ce
people. It is part of her negative role in the story.
ish
As a wife:
No doubt, she is greedy, but after the fall of her family, she proves to be a sincere
wife. She works hard and sacrifices all her wishes. She lives in a small apartment.
gl
She cooks her own meal. She sweeps her own house. All in all, she spends ten
En
years in peasantry.
As a friend:
E
Mathilde was a good friend. She respects her friends a lot. When she goes to
M
Mme. Forestier, her fast friend, for a diamond necklace, she receives without
denial. It proves that she is reliable among her friends. After losing the jewelry,
She purchases another one and replaces it with her friend. In short, she is a trusted
friend.
As a sacrificing woman:
Mathilde is a sacrificing lady. She sacrifices her ten years of life because of a
minor mistake. She does not complain about her life of poverty. She faces criticism
silently.
2. Loisel:

Class XI
Loisel belongs to a middle class family. He is a clerk in education. He is

inherited a small amount of money from his father. He plays supporting role in
the story. He supports his wife in every condition of life. No doubt he plays also
an important role.
As a loyal husband:
He is a loyal husband. He supports his wife in every situation of life. He can't see
his wife in misery. He encourages his wife to go to the party. She does not have
money to purchase a new party dress, he gives her the amount which he saves for
purchasing a new rifle. He sacrifices his own wishes in order to fulfill his wife's
wishes. After losing the necklace, he gives her all the inherited amount. He also
er
does double jobs to repay the debts. He stands with his wife and faces every
nt
hardship.
3. Mme. Forestier:
Ce
Mme. Forestier is a rich lady. She also plays a major role in the story. Because of
ish
her, Mathilde spends ten years in poverty. She offers Mme. Loisel the jewelry in
in order to prove a sincere friend but it becomes the climax in Mathilde's life. All in
She plays an important role to strengthen the plot of the story.
gl
En
As a friend:
She is a good friend. She does not deny giving her friend Mathilde any jewelry.
She gives her everything but she also cheats her not to telling her that the
E
Necklace is fake. When, Mme. Loisel comes to return her replaced necklace, she
M
also shows rudeness. At the end, she informs about the fake necklace. All in all,
She is a good but not a sincere friend.
Exercise 6
Work in groups and read the story, 'The Necklace'. Underline the key points and
summarize it in your own words. After you have completed, share your work with
other groups.

Class XI
Summary:
The story starts with the introduction of Mathilde, the heroine of the story.
She was a pretty, charming and beautiful girl. She belonged to a middle class
family. She married a clerk in education. She always daydreamed of being rich.
She was fond of wearing fancy dresses and jewelry. One day, her husband
received an invitation card to attend a grand party. She became worried
having no new dress. Her husband gave him his saving for purchasing a new party
dress. And she also borrowed a diamond necklace from her rich friend. She
attended the party, danced joyfully and enjoyed a lot. Because of her
attractiveness, she became the center of every eye. When she returned the home,
er
She saw that the necklace was missed. She, with her husband searched everywhere
but could not find the jewelry. At last, they bought a new one necklace in the
nt
place of the lost one. They borrowed high amount for the replacing of the
jewelry. Mathilde returned the necklace to her friend.
Ce
After that, for the next ten years, they lived a life in poverty. They sacrificed their
wishes. Mr. And Mme. Loisel hired a cheap apartment. They lived there poorly.
He did the double jobs, while she kept doing all household chores. After ten
ish
years, they repaid the debts, but she became old now. When she was going for a
walking, she saw Mme.Forestier, her friend who gave her a necklace. After
gl
Greetings, she told me that the Necklace was fake. Mathilde was shocked. The story
also ends there.
En
E
Exercise 7
M
Work individually and imagine yourself in the same situation like that of the story.
What strategies would you adopt to get out of it? Mention only two strategies. After
completing, share your work with the class.
Ans. If I would be in the same situation of borrowing a precious thing and having
I missed it somewhere, so I will follow the following strategies.
1. Revealing a truth.
First of all, I will reveal the truth to my friend. I will inform him/her about the
incident of missing the precious thing. If, he/she readily forgives me, I will be

Class XI
thankful to him/her. If not, I will apply another strategy.
2. Working hard and quitting vanities.

I will purchase another precious thing or I will pay the amount of the lost one to
its owner. I will try not to borrow the money. In case, if I borrow, I will reduce my
expenses. I will quit all my vanities. I won't spend a lot of money to fulfill my
wishes. I will adopt every step to save the money and pay my debts. After paying
all the debts, I will start to live normally as I was living before. And I will never
again borrow anything precious from anyone.
Exercise 8
er
Work in pairs and analyze the story of 'The Necklace' according to the elements of
nt
story mentioned in the below diagram.
Ans. The Elements of a story and "The Necklace". Ce

ish
1. Exposition (Beginning of the story where characters and setting is introduced)
The story of "The Necklace" starts with the introduction of Mathilde, her physical
gl
appearances and intentions. Its setting starts from the house of Mr. loisel, a clerk
and husband of Mathilde. She is the main character of the story. It goes to the
En
rising action when her husband brought an invitation card of a grand party.
2. Rising Action (Where a main character faces a series of conflicts)

E
She didn't just receive the invitation card, along with she received a series of
M
conflicts too. The story rises from here to the climax. She did not have a new
dress and jewelry. She had to spend all the amount of her husband in order to
purchase the costumes for attending the party. They faced all conflicts bravely.
But the major problem arose when she lost the necklace which she borrowed from one
of her rich friends.
3. Climax (The most exciting part of the story when we learn the outcome)
It was the climax of the story. The story reached to its climax when she lost the
necklace. They both searched for the lost jewelry but could not find it. After then they
were at the height of tension. They borrowed money, they changed the house (from

Class XI
better to worse), at last, after one week, they purchased a new expensive
diamond necklace in place of the lost one. From then, the scene goes to the falling
Action.
4. Falling Action (Events leading to the end of the story)

Now the life of Mathilde is changed. She bears the brunt of the climax. She, with
her husband tried to repay the debts. Orderly, they lived a sacrificing life. They
tried to overcome the problems. At last, the story turns to resolution.
5. Resolution (End of the story)

After ten years, Mathilde, with her husband, succeeded in resolving the problems.
er
They repaid all the debts. They story also ends with the shocking news of the lost
nt
necklace which was fake and of five hundred francs. It was very shocking ending
for the main character who spent her ten years in misery. The resolution is tragic.
Ce
ish
_____________________________
gl
En
E
M
"Unit 4 TECHNOLOGY SMART & TECH-SAVVY"

Class XI
Pre-Reading
1. What does this picture show? Think out a minute and write down the names of
devices.
Ans. Modem, Webcam, Microphone, Smart Phone, Remote Control, Wireless
Charger, Bluetooth Speaker, Wireless Mic, Selfie Stick, Mobile Cover, Mobile
Stand, Mobile Box, Digital Watch.
2. How has technology evolved over the period of time?

Ans. Over the period of time, how we communicate has evolved immensely.
er
Today, many of our inventions are focused on creating faster ways of
nt
communicating with each other, and in the process, we're creating more data
than humans can comprehend. Now, a new tool, artificial intelligence, is emerging
at the nexus of all this. Ce
ish
3. List down technologies recently discovered/invented.
Ans. 3D printing, VPN, Videoconferencing, Biometrics, 6g Cellular communication,
gl
etc.
En
Unit 4.1.
"Technology"
E
Exercise 1.
M
contextual meaning in column B. Share with your partner once you have
completed.
No. Column A Column B
1 innovation a new method, idea, product, etc.
2 optimist hopeful and confident about the future.
3 manipulate operate, handle

Class XI
4 heralded be a sign that (something) is about to happen
5 hazards dangers or risks.
6 hurricanes a storm with a violent wind
7 proliferated increased rapidly in number; multiplied.
8 impending about to happen; forthcoming
9 calamities disasters
10 lessen to diminish.
er
Exercise 2.
nt
Read the text carefully. There are certain words that related to word 'Tele'
these words. An example has been given for you.

Example:
Ce
means 'far'. First, underline these words in the texts and then write description of
ish
1. Tele+phone: Telephone.
gl
A device used for speaking to distant places by means of electrical signals.

En
2. Tele+pointers: Telepointers.
“An interaction style for presentation system interactive television, and other
E
systems, where the user is positioned at a remote site from the display”
M
3. Tele+com: Telecom
Telecommunications, also known as telecom, is the exchange of information over
significant distances by electronic means and refers to all types of voice, data and
video transmission.
4. Tele+vision: Television
A device used to convert distant visual images by means of electrical signals.
5. Tele+school: Teleschool
Teleschool is a new way of teaching and learning through the means of internet

Class XI
technology.
6. Tele+medicine: Telemedicine.
Telemedicine is a technology used for the remote diagnosis and treatment of
patients by means of telecommunications technology.
7. Tele+presence: Telepresence
The use of virtual reality technology, especially for remote control of machinery
or for apparent participation in distant events.
8. Tele+work: Telework
er
The action or practice of working from home, making use of the internet, email,
nt
and the telephone.
9. Tele+marketing: Telemarketing
Ce
The marketing of goods or services by means of telephone calls, typically
ish
unsolicited, to potential customers.
Exercise 3.
gl

En
1. Digital revolution mainly depends on _______.

a. physical nature
E
b. improved life ✓
M
c. hardware innovations
d. integrated circuit
2. During World War-II, transmission of information was in _________ form:
a) material
b) analogue ✓
c) electric
d) catalog
3. ________ is the technological option to work in dangerous situations.
a) Telephone
b) Telecom

Class XI
c) Telepresence ✓
d) Television
4. It is technology that people get things better according to their_______.
a) market demand
b) environment
c) needs ✓
d) work
5. E-learning can only be possible through _________.
a) portals
b) internet ✓
c) smart adaptation
er
d) innovative system
nt
6. People get information through _______ to help them better understand a
medical condition.
a) internet
b) integrated apps
Ce
ish
c) telemedicine ✓
d) visual images
7. Bits used to record or transmit information in ________ form.
gl
a) binary
En
b) digital ✓
c) analogue
d) logical
E
8. _______ is an example of hydrological disaster.

M
a) Earthquake
b) hurricane
c) floods ✓
d) wildfire
9. _______ technology assesses environmental changes and disease predictions.
a) remote sensing ✓
b) satellite
c) circuit
d) visual images
10. A bulk of the population at disaster risks may be located by __________.
a) telecom

Class XI
b) satellite images ✓
c) actuators
d) smart phones
Exercise 4
Work individually. Read the text again and mark (✓) for true, and (X) for false
against each statement given below.
No. Statement. Answer
er
No Statement Answer
nt
1 Use of technology can be harmful for our (X)
environment.
2 Ce
First use of technology was related to waves. (✓)
ish
3 During World War II, the use of technology was (✓)
not familiar.
gl
4 All tele devices may function with traditional (X)

types.
En
5 E-learning can only be possible without the (X)

internet.
E
6 People can also purchase and sell things via the (✓)
M
internet.
7 Renewable things are those which cannot be (X)

utilized again.
8 Telework and telepresence are the internet ways to (X)

work in hazardous situations.
Post-reading
Exercise 5
Read the text and answer the following questions.

Class XI
1. What do you mean by technological revolution?

Ans. A technological revolution is a period in which one or more technologies is
replaced by another, novel technology in a short amount of time. It is an era of
accelerated technological progress characterized by new innovations whose rapid
application and diffusion typically cause an abrupt change in society.
2. Why did innovation information remain scarce at the time of World War-11?
Ans. Much innovation information remained scarce at the time of World War 2.
The reason was that the processing of information relied on "atoms" to record or
transmit information in analog from rather than the "bits" (binary digits of '1s' for
on and 'Os' for off) used to record or transmit information in digital form.
er
nt
3. How is the technology boom for students?
Ans. Technology is a boon for the students. It has provided a huge platform for
Ce
learners to explore their talents. It has also helped the students to overcome their
fear, arrogance, reluctance and shyness. They can also learn from teleschool. All
ish
Things are possible because of new technology.
4. What are the benefits of E-commerce in today's world?

gl
Ans. Today, technological revolution is giving people a wide variety of choices,

En
enabling them to get the kinds of products and services that fit their needs. Tele
work and telemarketing have given people the chance to move beyond the limits.
E-commerce lets people buy a vast array of goods and services that previously
E
might have been difficult to find at local stores.

M
5. How does technology work in environmentally risky areas?

Ans. The remote sensing technology could monitor environmental changes and
disease predictions. The satellite images, aerial photographs, and on-the-ground
inspections, can be used to locate populations in dangerous or environmentally
unstable places and determine how to respond after disaster strikes. Though
technology cannot prevent the onset of the pandemics; however, it can help
prevent the spread, educate, warn, and empower those on the ground to be
aware of the situation, and noticeably lessen the impact.
6. How has technology greatly supported doctors & medical practitioners?

Ans. Technology has greatly supported doctors and medical practitioners to

Class XI
information and the treatment of any disease. It has helped improved medical
care by making it easier for doctors to provide evidence-based medicine. People
also get information through telemedicine to help them better understand a
medical condition in order to take early care.
7. How does technology secure humans from calamities?

Ans. Epidemics, pandemics or other hazards have threatened the human mace time
and again. The outbreaks of these calamities left enormous burdens on our
lives, economies, and societies at large. In such a scenario, technologies enable
secure access to data, enterprise applications, virtual meetings and cloud
conferencing. Smart cities could be made and equipped with some sorts of
er
devices which include sensors, processors, wearable, electronics, software,
nt
actuators, vehicles, cell phones and computers. The remote sensing technology
could monitor environmental changes and disease predictions. The satellite
Ce
images, aerial photographs, and on-the-ground inspections, can be used to locate
populations in dangerous or environmentally unstable places and determine how
ish
to respond after disaster strikes. Though technology cannot prevent the onset of the
pandemics;
gl
8. Some people have the opinion that youngsters are not safe in the
En
technological era? Give reasons for your agreement or disagreement.

Ans. I don't agree with the idea that youngsters are not safe in the technological era.
No doubt there are some negative impacts of the new technology. As the over use
E
of the net causes the following effects.

M
● Lower attention span.

● Increased risk and lack of privacy.
● Risk of depression.
● Obesity.
● Falling grades .
● Bullying .
● Social interaction issues.
It is because of the misuse and excessive use of the technology. If the youngsters
are prudent users they won't find the net harmful for them.

Class XI
9. Which technology innovation has impacted you profoundly and how?

Ans. Almost all new technological innovations have impacted me profoundly. But
the most of all is Printing Press. I am a lover of reading more and more books. And I
I used to print out all the materials which I got from the net. I am weak in to read out
the books on the net. So that, firstly I take the print of the books, then I start to
read and gain ample knowledge. It really changed my way of living.
10. How did technology contribute in keeping peoples' lives safe during the
recent pandemic or disaster?
Ans. Though technology cannot prevent the onset of the pandemics; however, it
can help prevent the spread, educate, warn, and empower those on the ground to
er
be aware of the situation, and noticeably lessen the impact.
nt
Exercise 6
Ce
Though use of technology has many advantages to ease living, it has some
disadvantages too. Now, work in groups. First make outlines related to only
ish
disadvantages of technology, and then expand each outline in short paragraphs.
Disadvantages of technology.
gl
1. Negative impact on the studies

2. Fraudulent companies cheating people.
En
3. Lack of quality communication.

4. Effects on Physical, mental and psychological disorders.
5. Help to increase the crime ratio.
E
M
1. Negative impact on the studies

The injudicious use of the technology often results in persistent incomplete
school assignments, tardy work, and a poor academic performance. Moreover,
when a lot of pending work gets piled up, students often resort to online websites
and cut and paste options.
2. Fraudulent companies cheating people.

With regard to business, while the social media has facilitated online business and
promotion of skills and talents, one may get cheated by fake virtual companies
and organizations. Hence, despite innumerable benefits of online business, it may

Class XI
be misused by fraudulent companies. People may suffer financial loss by paying

for goods that may be of poor quality and materialize.
3. Lack of quality communication.

Humans are social animals, and for strengthening social bonds, physical sharing of
moments of joy and grief are important. Increased time on the social has limited
face-to-face communication and compromised relationships. People are spending
more and more time on the social media, which has caused a significant
deterioration in the frequency and quality of close, one-to-one communication
between both immediate and the extended family members, who occupy an
important place in the Pakistani family structure. While social networks enable
er
interaction with a large number of people, in a short span of time, these
nt
interactions are shallow and cannot adequately replace everyday face-to-face
communication. This lack of quality communication can weaken relationships that
may, in turn, have damaging consequences.
Ce
ish
4. Effects on Physical, mental and psychological disorder.
Impact on physical health, mental and psychological disorder is another major
area of concern. When the social media is used disproportionately, the users
gl
constantly remain deskbound or limited to the comfort of the couch or a bed.

En
This excessive use causes obesity. It causes major health Problems. It also
leaves negative impacts on the mentality and psychology of a man. A man becomes
jealous of other people's success. A selfie trend also can affect the psychology of a
E
people.
M
5. Help to increase the crime ratio.

It also helps those who have a criminal mind. They keep in contact while doing any
crime
______________________________________

Class XI
"UNIT 5 CIVIC SENSE AND CIVIC ACTIVITIES"
Pre Reading
1. Look at the picture and quickly describe different activities.

Ans.
● A boy is using an ATM for the purpose of transacting money.
● Some customers are in two lines for the purpose of opening a bank account and
withdrawing the amount by using checks.
er
Unit 5.1.
"My Bank Account"
nt
Exercise 1:
Ce
contextual meaning in column B. Share with your partner once you have completed.
ish
gl
En
1 solemnly in a serious manner.

E
2 terrible dreadful
M
3 detective investigator
4 mysterious difficult or impossible to understand, explain,

or identify.
5 whispered murmur, speak slowly
6 painful hurt
7 astonished Surprised, amazed.
8 hallow without real significance or value, empty.
9 temper a person's state of mind seen in terms of their

Class XI
being angry or calm.
10 rival again
Exercise 2.
Work in pairs. Match the following bank-related words of column A with their
meanings given in column B and write answers in Column C. After you have
No. Column A Column B Column C
er
No Column A Column B Column C
nt
1 bank manager. F. one who has control of all resources in (1_F)
2 accountant.
Cethe bank.
E. one who maintains audits business (2_E)

ish
accounts.
3 clerk. A. one who maintains all written records. (3_A)

gl
4 check. G. a written order directing a bank to pay (4_G)

En
money.
5 transactions. C. dealings and exchanges. (5_C)

E
6 deposits. B. to put money in the account. (6_B)

M
7 check the book. D. A small book having checks to draw (7_D)

money.
Exercise 3
Read the statements and encircle the right options.
1. The writer visited the bank

a. frequently
b. first time ✓

Class XI
c. in a month
d. yearly
2. The writer's salary was raised to ______ a month.
a. Sixty dollars
b. fifty dollars ✓
c. thirty dollars
d. fifty-six dollars
3. _______ presumed the writer to be a detective.
a. clerk
b. manager ✓
c. accountant
er
d. rich man.
nt
4. The writer first met the ______ in the bank.
a. accountant ✓
b. manager
c. clerk
Ce
ish
d. security guard.
5. The writer had ________ dollars at the time of opening the account.
a. six
gl
b. fifty six ✓
En
c. fifty
d. sixty
6. Mr. Montgomery was a/an ______.
E
a. manager
M
b. accountant ✓
c. clerk
d. detective
7. The ______ of the author made the manager think that he was a detective.
a. mysterious manner ✓
b. simplicity
c. harsh behavior
d. boldness.
8. The author wrote, fifty-six dollars instead of six dollars due to ______.
a. fear ✓
b. haste

Class XI
c. anxiety
d. madness.
9. The text 'My Bank Account' is an example of ________ tale.
a. detective
b. humors ✓
c. moral
d. fictitious.
10. After returning from the bank, the writer put his savings in _______.
a. bank
b. pocket
er
c. silver box
nt
d. sock ✓
Exercise 4 Ce
Work in pairs. Read the text again carefully and write the sequence of events of the
ish
story. After completing, share your work with your partner.
gl
Firstly, the writer enters the bank to open an account.

Secondly, he meets the accountant and asks for the manager.
En
After That, he sees the manager alone and tells him that he wants to open an
account.
Then, he meets again with the accountant who sends him to the clerk.
E
Later, he gets a form, fills it and opens and withdraws all his money.
M
Finally, he reopens and leaves the bank.
Post Reading
Exercise 5.
Read text and answer the following questions.
1. What is the effect upon the author of entering the bank to do business?
Ans: According to the author, he has bank phobia. When he enters into the bank
he gets frightened. The clerks frighten him; the desks frighten him; the sight of
The money frightens him; everything frightens him. The moment he passes

Class XI
through the door of the bank and attempts to do business there, he becomes an
irresponsible fool.
2. Why did the author decide to open an account?

Ans: The author knew Very well about his bank phobia. But when his salary had
been raised to fifty dollars a month, so he felt that the bank was the only place
for its savings. Thus the decided to open an account in a bank.
3. What was the manager's reaction when the author told him that he would like
to see him alone?
Ans. When the author told the manager that he would like to see him alone, he
er
became anxious and felt that he had a terrible secret to share. The manager also
nt
supposed him to be one of Pinkerton's detectives.
Ce
4. Why did the manager look relieved when he knew the purpose of the author's
visit?
ish
Ans. The manager assumed the author was a detective. But when the author told him
that he went there to open an account, the manager looked relieved for knowing
that the author did not come for any investigation.
gl
En
5. What is the equivalent of fifty American dollars in Pakistani currency?

Ans. {26_09_2022) The one dollar is equal to 235 Pakistani rupees. So, the 50
dollars are equal to 11750 PKR.
E
M
6. What mistake did the author make when he wrote the cheque?
Ans. The author deposited 56 dollars in his new account. He wanted to withdraw
6 dollars for personal use. But in fear, he wrote 56 dollars instead of 6 dollars. In
In such a way, he withdrew all his money.
7. Explain the meaning of the clerk's question, "How will you have it?"
Ans. The clerk wanted to know in what way the author liked the denomination of
the money; either in notes or in coins.
8. Why was there a roar of laughter when the author left the bank?
Ans : As the author left the bank, he heard a roar of laughter inside the bank.

Class XI
There was the roar of laughter because of the foolish act done by him while
withdrawing his amount. He deposited 56 dollars in his account. After few
minutes, he withdrew all his amount. It made a sense of humor among the bank
Workers.
9. The author, Stephen Leacock, was a respected university teacher and a highly
successful writer. Do you think this is a true story?
Ans: The author, Stephen Leacock was a respected university teacher and highly
successful writer. He was a good humorist. He knew the art of creating humor. In
In this story he criticized the bank and its artificial environment. It was the
er
atmosphere of the bank which made him confused. This is a fictional story in
nt
order to amuse the readers and let them know how to deal in such type of
artificial environment.
Ce
10. Why is it wiser to keep one's money in a bank than to hoard it in one's home?
ish
Ans: It is Wiser to keep one's money in bank because it remains safe there. And, if
the account is saving, the money will also be increased on a monthly basis. While at
home the money can be lost through the act of robbery or stealing.
gl
En
Exercise 6.
Work in groups. Fill in the required information in the given application form.
Once you have filled in, exchange it with other groups.
E
(Self Work)
M
Exercise 7.
There are many advantages to using Bank. Work in groups, first collect some
points on the topic: Advantages of Using a Bank. Then, present these opinions front
of the class.
Ans.
● 1. To save the money from robbery or stealing.
● 2. To increase it on a monthly basis.
● 3. To withdraw it during the required time.
__________________________________

Class XI
"UNIT 6 RESPECTING SELF AND OTHERS"
Pre-reading
1. Think of an event that has positively impacted you and share it with the class.
Ans. When I was a child, I used to go to my maternal uncle's house in Karachi in
summer vacations. An educated family was a neighbor to my Uncle's house. They
I used to speak English. Once, they were speaking English in my presence. It
impressed me a lot. I made up my mind to learn English. It changed my life.
er
2. According to you, what is required to succeed in life?
Ans. I think self confidence is much more required to succeed in life.
nt
"Unit 6.1.
Self-Reliance".
Ce
ish
Exercise 1.
Work in pairs. Find at least ten new words from the text and write their meaning
gl
contextually. After you have completed, share your work with your partner.
En
No. Word Contextual meaning

E
No Word Contextual meaning

M
1 Genius exceptional intellectual or creative power or other

natural ability.
2 Latent conceal
3 conviction Judgment, opinion.
4 Alienated Experiencing feelings of isolation or estrangement.
5 Detect Discover or identify the presence or existence of.

Class XI
6 Ignorance lack of knowledge or information.
7 Continual repeated
8 Unique being the only one of its kind; individual;

distinctive.
9 Solstice position of the sun
10 Imitate to copy, follow
er
Exercise 2
Work individually and write the antonyms of the following words. After completing,
nt
share your work with your class fellows.
No. Word Antonym Ce

ish
No Word Antonym
gl
1 arduous Easy, effortless

En
2 Barbarous civilized
3 betray conceal, be loyal to.

E
4 solitude company
M
5 noble Ignoble
6 Aboriginal adopted. alien
7 civilized uncivilized, barbaric
8 Temporary Permanent
9 Ignorance knowledge
10 Recedes advance
Exercise 3

Class XI

1. In every work of genius, we recognize our own rejected _______.
a) ideas
b) thoughts ✓
c) concepts
d) motives
2. According to the author, envy is _______.
a) bliss
b) evil
c) suicide
d) ignorance ✓
er
3. Insist on yourself; never ________.
nt
a) imitate ✓
b) indicate
c) initiate
d) imply
Ce
ish
4. According to the author, it is _______ in the world to live after the world's
opinion.
a) important
gl
b) unimportant
En
c) easy ✓
d) difficult
5. Society undergoes _______ changes.
E
a) continuous
M
b) continual ✓
c) collective
d) creative
6. Every great man is _____.
a) simple
b) unique ✓
c) rare
d) common
7. Society acquires new arts, and loses old _________.
a) ways
b) methods

Class XI
c) instincts ✓
d) approaches
8. Civilized man has lost his ______ strength.
a) aboriginal ✓
b) original
c) real
d) physical
9. The civilized man has lost the use of his feet because he has built _________.
a) car
b) coach ✓
c) crutches
er
d) castle
nt
10. A solstice is a _________.
a) position of moon
b) position of sun ✓
c) time of the day
Ce
ish
d) period of year
Exercise 4
gl
Work individually. Read the text again and mark (v) for true, and (X) for false against
En
each statement given below.
No. Statement Answer

E
M
No Statement Answer
1 In Self-Reliance, he urges people to trust themselves. (✓)
2 According to the author, the greatest obstacle to trusting (✓)

yourself is society.
3 The author exhorts human beings to strive for absolute (X)

consistency.
4 We should abide by our own thoughts and opinions. (✓)
5 Great man always remains in solitude for perfection. (X)

Class XI
6 Society always undergoes constant changes from better (✓)

to worse and vice versa.
7 Every man is responsible to make for himself and his (✓)

own.
Exercise 5
In 'Self-Reliance' Ralph Waldo Emerson distinguishes between internal and external
causes of behavior. Work in groups. Read the text again and re-write the two
internal causes and two external causes of behavior and note these behaviors in
your notebook. Compare the written responses with another group.
er
nt
ANSWER:
In "Self-Reliance" Ralph Waldo Emerson distinguishes between internal and external
causes of behavior:
Ce
● External pressures include societal norms and other people's ideas generally.
ish
● Internal pressures include your inner voice.
Post-reading
gl
Exercise 6
En
1. What makes a man great according to the author?

E
Ans. According to the author, self reliance makes a man great. The power is
M
within the man. One should peep into one's insight in order to know the power of
one's life.
2. Why is self-reliance important for one's development?

Ans. Self-Reliance is important for one's development. Learning to be self-reliant
It is important to be taught at a young age so it can develop, as they grow older.
Being self-reliant is presented to be the ability to take control over your life, being
motivated from within, and being able to take care of yourself.
3. What is the mark of genius according to the author?

Class XI
Ans. According to the author, "to believe your own thought, to believe that what
is true for you in your private heart is true for all men—that is a mark of genius."
4. What happens when a person doesn't value one's own qualities?

Ans. When a person does not value his own qualities, he will not live a satisfying
or a gratifying life. Tomorrow a stranger will say masterly good sense precisely
what he has thought and felt all the time, and he shall be forced to take with
shame his own opinions from another.
5. Why does the author emphasize on developing one's own individuality?

Ans. Emerson begins the essay by explaining the importance of being confident
er
and expressing ideas and opinions without concern for how they will be perceived by
nt
others. If a person refuses to be true to their own individual beliefs, then they
will not live a satisfying or gratifying life. Emerson believes that each person has a
Ce
true purpose and that it is the individual's job to resolutely fulfill that purpose
without fear.
ish
6. How can a person be happy according to the author?
Ans. According to the author, a person can be happy when he puts his heart into
gl
his work and did his best.

En
7. "What I must do is all that concerns me, not what the people think." Do you
agree to this statement? Give reasons for your agreement or disagreement.
E
Ans. I agree to this statement, "What I must do is all that concerns me, not what
M
the people think." This rule, equally arduous in actual and in intellectual life, may
serve for the whole distinction between greatness and meanness. It is the harder,
because you will always find those who think they know what is your duty better
then you know it. It is easy in the world to live after the world's opinion; it is easy
in solitude to live after our own; but the great man is he who in the midst of the
The crowd keeps with perfect sweetness the independence of solitude.
8. What kind of changes does a society undergo according to the author?

Ans. Society never advances. It undergoes continual changes; it is barbarous, it is
civilized, it is religious, it is rich, it is scientific; but this change is not for the better. It
acquires one thing, while losing the old thing. It makes people civilized while it

Class XI
keeps away the man from crude nature.
9. How do you relate the message of an essay to your life?

Ans. "Self-Reliance" is Ralph Waldo Emerson's treatise on individualism. In it
Emerson explains that people must believe in their own intuition and reject the
opinions of others in order to transcend the bounds of the physical world. The
the above message teaches a lot to me. It is related to my life. Because, whenever, I
listen to others except myself, I face the problems in my life. I also loss confidence of
doing what is in my heart. I have learnt the lesson that whatever I do I will follow
myself. I will not blame anyone.
er
10. Write a brief summary of the arguments presented in the text?
nt
Ans. "Self-Reliance" is an essay by Ralph Waldo Emerson which explores the
values of transcendentalism. Emerson explains to the reader that true direct
Ce
knowledge can only come from within. Any knowledge that a person learns from
another person or a book is not true knowledge. The more people use their
ish
intuition and believe in themselves, the better society will be.
Exercise 7
gl
Work in groups. Read the whole text and pick any five ideas that you like the most.
En
Share your work with other groups and check each other's work.
1. Speak your latent conviction; and it shall be the universal sense; for always
E
the
M
inmost becomes the outmost.

2. What I must do is all that concerns me, not what the people think.
3. Trust thyself; every man vibrates to that iron string.
4. Insist on yourself; never imitate.
5. The civilized man has built a coach, but has lost the use of his feet
__________________________________

Class XI
"UNIT 7 SELF GROOMING"
Pre-reading
1. Why do you attend school, college or institution?

Ans. I attend college to gain an education.
er
2. Why is it essential to receive an education?
nt
Ans. Receiving an education is essential because it teaches us how to behave.
3. How can you describe an illiterate? Ce

Ans. An illiterate is a person who does not know how to survive in a society.
ish
4. Do you know why he/ she did not receive an education?

gl
Ans. Many of our relatives did not receive education due to lack of awareness.
En
5. What are the issues that may prevent a child from receiving an education?
Ans. The following are the issues that may prevent a child from receiving an
E
education.
1. Financial Issues.
M
2. Lack of motivation.
3. Lack of awareness.
6. Guess which text you are going to read?

Ans. I think I am going to read the text about the importance of education.
Unit 7.1
"Struggle for an Education"
Exercise 1

Class XI
contextual meaning in column B. Share your work with your partner once you have
I did the exercise.
No. Column A. Column B
1 pretentious Affected
2 furnace An enclosed structure in which heat is produced
3 frankness The quality of being open, honest, and direct in speech or

writing.
er
4 slipshod Characterized by a lack of care, thought, or organization.
nt
5 exhaustion A state of extreme physical or mental tiredness.
7
elevated
satchel
raised Ce
a bag carried on the shoulder by a long strap and closed by
ish
a flap, used especially for school books.
8 tramp a person who travels from place to place on foot in search

gl
of work or as a vagrant or beggar.

En
9 linger stay in a place longer than necessary because of a

reluctance to leave.
E
M
10 Yankee an American.
Exercise 2
Read the statements and encircle the correct options.
1. _______ were discussing school during work.

a) Coloured people
b) Miners ✓
c) Brooker
d) Lewis
2. The school was providing ________.

Class XI
a) proper education
b. education and skills ✓
c) physical training
d) costs
3. _______ type of students were studying in the school of Virginia.
a) Poor
b) Wealthy
c) Workers
d) All types of students ✓
4. At _______ salary did the writer work at the house of General Lewis Ruffner.
a) one dollar per day
er
b) 5 dollars per month ✓
nt
c) fifty dollars per month.
d) fifty cent per month
Ce
5. _______ city was eighty-two miles away from Hampton.
a) Maldon
ish
b) Richmond ✓
c) Washington
d) Virginia
gl
6. The writer spent the first night of travel in Hampton at _________.

En
a) large city
b) step-father's house
c) sidewalk near the port ✓
E
d) in the school
M
7. Writer ________ to get money for breakfast.

a) swept the room
b) loaded the vessels ✓
c) made the pillow
d) worked in industry
8. ________ helped the writer in getting reception.
a) Lewis
b) Step father
c) Captain ✓
d) Head teacher

Class XI
9. _________ was the Head teacher's impression of the writer after cleaning the
room.
a) Good
b) Bad
c) Lazy
d) Unusual ✓
10. The writer accepted the cleaning of recitation room because he wanted to
_________.
a) took it as a challenge
b) impress the Head ✓
c) get admission
er
d) get proper food
nt
Exercise 3
Ce
Below are given some places where the boy went or worked. Work in pairs. Think of
the main event that took place there and write them in the order given in the story.
ish
Share your work with your partner after you have completed.
gl
Name of Place Main event Order in the story

En
Hampton. A city in America.where the writer wanted to go. 02
General Lewis The salt-furnace and coal mine's owner where the writer got 03
E
Ruffner's the job.

M
house.
Coal mine. The writer was listening to the two coal miners who were 01
discussing the red coloured school.
City of The city where the writer took a short pause of rest. 05
Richmond.
Malden. The city the writer saw was Hampton. 04
Exercise 4
Work individually and match the statements of Column A with Column B and write

Class XI
the answers in Column C. After you have done share your work with your class
fellows.
No. Column A. Column B. Column C
1 The writer first worked. D. in a coal mine as a worker.
2 The school where he first studied. F.was also teaching some trade or
industry
er
3 Mother applied for a vacant A. she heard during the work
nt
position which.
4 First, Mr. Lewis Ruffner wanted

things promptly. Ce
H. at the bottom absolutely
honesty and frankness.
5 No passer-by could be seen. B. and slept all night smoothly.

ish
6 When I appeared for an C. said recitation room

gl
assignment , the Head teacher. need cleanliness

En
7 She neither admitted nor. E. refused to enter the institution
8 I had the best breakfast. G. before I could took it before

E
Post-reading
M
Exercise 5
Below are some of the action statements of the story 'Struggle Education'. Work in
groups, write the cause or reason before the action statement. After completing, share
your work with other groups.
No. Action statement. Reason/ cause
1. Coal miners were taking one of the school as great because they had not such a
fine school before.

Class XI
2. The writer came out from anxiety to go Hampton because he was hired at salary
of 5 dollars per month.
3. The writer had few clothes and expenses because he was from a red coloured race.
He was poor.
4. The Writer begged in wagons and cars because he did not have money to
Hampton.
5. The writer spent night at the sidewalk because he was new in the city and he
did not have money to live in any hotel.
er
nt
6. The Captain desired for working continuously because he felt sympathy with the
writer who was hardworking and did not have any amount of money.
Ce
7. The impression of boy to head teacher was not suitable because he had been so
ish
long without proper food, a bath and change of clothing.
8. The Head teacher rubbed the woodwork because she tried to know if the author
gl
had made any mistake during the work of cleanliness.

En
9. The boy took hard work in the vessels because he had no money to eat
breakfast.
E
10. The Head teacher guessed that the boy would enter the institution because he
M
showed honesty, frankness, and hard work.
Exercise 6
1. Why was the boy inspired to go to Hampton?

Ans. The boy was inspired to go to Hampton in order to join the school thereafter
overhearing the beautiful description of the school by the two miners. It
appeared to him more pretentious than the little coloured school in their town.

Class XI
2. What did he learn during work?

Ans. During work, he (author) learnt the importance of discipline and system. The
Head teacher taught him honesty and frankness. He also learnt the importance of
cleanliness.
3. What happened to the money he had earned at Mrs. Ruffner's house?

Ans. The small amount he had at Mrs. Ruffner's house, had been consumed by his
stepfather and the remainder of the family, with the exception of a very few
dollars, and so he had very little with which to buy clothes and pay his traveling
expenses.
er
4. What did he do in Richmond in order to reach Hampton city?
nt
Ans. When he reached Richmond he was completely out of money. He has not a
single acquaintance in the place. He started to work of unloading the goods from
Ce
the vessels near the port in order to reach Hampton. He used to sleep in the
street under the broad sidewalk.
ish
5. Why did the boy thank the captain of the ship?
Ans. When the boy was hungry he had nothing to buy breakfast to eat. So he
gl
went to the captain for work. He settled him at the work of unloading. He
En
supported him a lot. When the next time, he needed the work, the captain of the
The ship again gave him work. So he thanked him for his kindness.
E
6. Why did the writer not make a favorable impression on the head teacher?
M
Ans. When the writer presented himself before the head teacher for assignment
to a class, he had been so long without proper food, a bath and change of
clothing. So that he could not make a favorable impression on the head teacher.
7. What did he have to go through in order to get admission at the Hampton

Institute?
Ans. Washington was an African coloured man. He was working in a coal mine. He
had no money with him. Whatever he earned, was taken by his step father and
the rest of the amount consumed in family affairs. When he heard from the two
miners about the institute for coloured people, he was determined to go there. He
had to travel on foot or in wagon and cars when he requested the drivers there.

Class XI
He reached Richmond anyhow. At that time he was hungry, tired and without
money. He had to sleep empty stomach because the food sellers demanded
money. He went to the captain of a ship and requested him to help him to unload
the ship so that he could earn enough money for his food. The captain was very
happy with his hard labor. He allowed him to work there continuously. He
worked on the ship during the day and at night and he slept under the side-walk.
After saving enough money he reached Virginia. There at the institute the head
The teacher asked him to sweep the recitation room. Washington was looking for an
opportunity so that he could make a good impression on the teacher. It was his
best test he had ever passed. He cleaned the room four times. He dusted the
furniture around the wall and left no particle of dust. The head teacher inspected
er
his work. She told him that he could do good in the institute.
nt
8. Write down the central theme of the above read text in your own Sentences?
Ce
Ans. The central theme of the above text is "the power of sheer determination
and courage. If we are determined enough to reach our goal, then no obstacle can
ish
hinder our path. Hardships and struggle are a part of life. Instead of losing hope in
the difficult time, one should be courageous."
gl
En
Exercise 7
Work individually. Write a short journey of your education to reach your institution
in your own words and read out before the class the next day.
E
M
Ans. I belonged to a poor family. My father was a poor farmer. My mother used
to sew the clothes. I used to graze buffaloes. I was interested in education. I worked
hard during my early years. I used to take the notes while I went to field
with my buffaloes. I passed the matric exam after working hard. After that I started to
do work of taking mud for making the buildings. I collected some amount, and
paid the fees of the university. I sacrificed my all wishes of wearing fancy clothes,
shoes and some other costumes. I spent four hard and difficult years. I passed the
university life. Now I am happy.
Exercise 8

Class XI
Your school/ college is going to organize a speech competition on the topic 'To
empower women with education is to empower the Nation' to commemorate
world-woman-education day. Work individually prepare a speech on the above
topic and deliver before the class.
"Women Empowerment Speech"

Women play an important role in society and the whole family is dependent on women
for its daily activities. They play the role of mother, wife, homemaker, cook, teacher,
friend, Nurse all at the same time while catering to every body’s needs.
The women who are in a job have to also fulfill the job responsibilities while
managing home & family. The life of women is very hard, but she gets little or no
er
appreciation. There are a lot of women who are extremely talented & multitasker
nt
but have no recognition in society.
Gender Inequality Ce
One of the major hindrances in the growth and advancement of women is gender
ish
inequality. This means that we treat males and females unequally even for the
same task. This is generally in the case of rural societies. A male child is always
gl
encouraged by family to go to school, while the female child is told to learn

household works.
En
Domestic Violence
As divorce is still a taboo in Indian society many women are suffering from
E
abusive marriages. As they are not empowered, they fear to stand up for their
M
right. If we want to empower women then domestic violence has to be stopped at

any cost.
Economic Independence
As females were given poor education or no education they are not able to get
good jobs. Thus either they have to stay at home or do lesser paid jobs. Thus the
male always remains the bread earner of the family. So the women hardly get
economic independence.
If we wish to see a nation that develops economically on the global front, then it’s

Class XI
It is very important to have “Women empowerment”. The actual women

empowerment will come by making the women economically independent.
Women and Education

Quality Education is the key to women’s empowerment. Slowly with the increase
in literacy level and awareness, society has started giving importance to
education. Many parents today want to educate their daughters equally as their
son. Many women today are scientists, lecturers, collectors, etc.
Women and Decision Making

The women empowerment also means when the society will also accept women
er
as decision-makers for the economic and financial decisions of the family. We shall
nt
encourage women from all the sections of society to make their own
decisions. They need not take permission from men.
Conclusion
Ce
ish
The government and several NGOs are making efforts to empower women by
creating awareness. The government is running a large no. of projects for
education and skill development of women so that can get economic
gl
independence.
En
Thinking of society is also changing slowly. More and more no. of women are
getting a quality education. But the true meaning of women empowerment will
E
be achieved when gender inequality will be eliminated. We need to give equal

M
opportunities to women for equal pay, equal respect as equal to men. We look
forward to such a nation.
_______________________________

Class XI
"Unit 8. Places of Historical/Cultural Importance".
Pre Reading.
1. Which country would you like to visit and why?

Ans. I would like to visit New Zealand in order to see the Kiwis and the beautiful
scenery of the Pacific Ocean.
2. Have you ever heard about the 'City of Lions?'

Ans. I have never ever heard about the 'City of Lions.' I read it in this chapter.
er
"Unit 8.1
nt
A Voyage to the City of Lions".
While-reading Ce
Exercise 1
ish
contextual meaning in column B. Share with your partner once you have
gl
completed.
En

E
M
1 shimmering shining with a soft, slightly wavering light.
2 anchored moor (a ship) to the sea bottom with an anchor.
3 moth an insect with wings that is similar to a butterfly, usually

flies at
night, and is attracted to light.
4 haggle dispute or bargain persistently, especially over the cost

of something.
5 hail Pellets of frozen rain. root (for), support.

Class XI
6 causeway a raised road or track across low or wet ground.
7 incessantly without interruption; constantly.
8 transgressions an act that goes against a law, rule, or code of conduct;

an offense.
9 serene calm, peaceful, and untroubled; tranquil.
10 vessel a ship or large boat.
11 docked brought (a ship or boat) into a dock.
12 crew a group of people who work on and operate a ship,
er
aircraft, etc
nt
Exercise 2
Ce
Work in groups. Read the text and find out the following information mentioned in
the text and note down.
ish
Name of Cities.
gl
1. Singapore City.
2. Karachi.
En
3. Kiamari.
4. Johor (Malaysia)
E
5. Hong Kong City

M
Name of Communities.
1. Muslims
2. Buddhists
3. Hindus
4. Christians.
5. Sikhs.
Name of Products.
1. Fuel
2. Agricultural products

Class XI
3. Minerals
4. Food products
5. Raw materials
Transport Resources.
1. Motorboats.
2. Trucks
3. Barges
4. Ships
5. Buses
6. Trains
er
7. Cars
nt
Educational Activities.
1. Debates
2. Speeches
Ce
ish
3. Sports.
Famous Places.
gl
1. Port Klang
En
3. Change Alley
4. Raffles Pulse
5. Arab Street
E
6. Island of Manora
M
7. Masjid Sultan
8. Changi Village
Exercise 3
1. Singapore is located in _____.

a) South Asia ✓
b) Africa
c) Central Asia

Class XI
d) Europe
2. _________ is not the national language of Singapore.
a) English
b) French ✓
c) Chinese
d) Malay
3. ________ the population of Singapore is living far away from the port.
a) 20% ✓
b) 30%
c) 50%
d) 80%
er
4. One of the largest markets in Singapore is _________.
nt
a) Change alley
b) Changi
c) Raffles pulse ✓
d) Barges
Ce
ish
5. Singapore is called Mr. Clean because of ______.
a) rows of flowers
b) greenery
gl
c) cleanliness ✓
En
d) seeing sights
6. _______ street of Singapore is reasonable for purchase.
a) Arab ✓
E
b) Club
M
c) Amoy
d) Bugis
7. _______ city is one mile away from Singapore.
a) Kiamari
b) Johor ✓
c) Jatty
d) Raffles pulse
8. The land of Singapore consists of ________.
a) 225 square miles ✓
b) 2025 square miles
c) 200 square miles

Class XI
d) 2005 square miles

9. In Singapore, we can find every currency of the world in ______.
a) Change Valley ✓
b) Raffle Pulse
c) Mr. Clean
d) Arab Street
10. Which one is common in Singapore markets?
a) fixed prices
b) bargaining ✓
c) free discounts
d) Govt. subsidy
er
nt
Post-reading
Exercise 4
Ce
ish
1. What is the geographical location of Singapore city?
Ans. From a geographical perspective, Singapore is located at a maritime
gl
crossroads where almost every ship sailing to or from the Pacific to the Indian
Ocean or South China sea anchors here. It's a free port as well as a major center
En
of fuels for ships.
2. What are barges and how are these operated?

E
Ans. Barges are small type of boats, having no engines, carry the cargo from the
M
buses to the ships. In Singapore, as the Cargo was loaded into trucks, which
arrived at the river, from where it was sent to ships through barges. These barges
did not have any engines. When four to five barges were loaded, a large
a motorboat pulled them to ships. From afar, they looked like camel caravans.
3. How is Singapore connected to Malaysia?

Ans. The island of Singapore is not far from Malaysia. It has the same relation as
The Island of Monora has Karachi. As we have Kiamari, so is the Malaysian
city of Johor, which lies just a quarter of a mile away from Singapore. There is a
bridge that connects Johor with Singapore. Just cross the bridge, and you can

Class XI
jump from one country to another. There is a causeway as well as a railway track
along the bridge.
4. Describe briefly the significance of Singapore port?

Ans. Singapore port is a free port as well as a major center of fuel for ships. It
seemed like an earthen lamp, surrounded by moths. The most population in
Singapore lives around the port. The port is center of attention for the tourists and
traders. It remains always busy due to the tourists; importing and exporting the
goods.
5. What are the reasons for the prosperity of Singapore in spite of very little
er
area?
nt
Ans. Singapore is known in the world as one of the prosperous and wealthiest
countries in the area. The reasons for its prosperity are given below.
Ce
Singapore is a small island, which is just like a dot on the world map. Like Japan,
She imports every raw material and most of the food products. However, like
ish
In Japan, she is wise in matters of money and wealth. Much of her income depends
on the arrival of tourists, trade, and ships from overseas. Tourists and traders
from all over the world come here for business, shopping, and leisure.
gl
En
6. How is Singapore one of the attractive areas for tourists?

Ans. Singapore is one of the attractive areas for the tourists. Its markets, delicious
foods and a cozy transport system attract the tourists more. Singapore is a
E
shoppers' paradise where one can buy almost everything at cheaper rates than
M
even the country of its origin. Tourists stay in big hotels but eat meals in small
restaurants to enjoy the cuisine of the East and the West. Most of Singaporean
The workforce depends on the outsiders in different ways. Comfortable and spacious
public buses ply on roads to ease traffic on the roads. Even, wealthy people and
high officials often travel in these buses instead of their own cars. Many of these
buses are air-conditioned, but the fare is quite low.
7. How does Singapore keep itself clean?

Ans. Although the rain falls almost incessantly, Singapore is very clean. One can
see the cleanliness, greenery, and rows of flowers to each house. Singapore is
recognized as the 'Mr. Clean' of the world. The spirit of cleanliness is present in

Class XI
everyone, from children to elders. The Japanese saying that 'keep your house and
the front of the street clean so you see the whole city clean' is practiced here in
letter and spirit by the people. Besides, the government is also strict in the matter
of cleanliness. Large fines are imposed on small transgressions: fifty dollars on
spitting, and huge penalties or even jail terms for littering on roads. Garbage bins
are placed in every nook and corner.
8. Describe any four interesting aspects of Singapore.

Ans.
1. Singapore is called "The City of Lions" as the statues of lines are everywhere in
the city.
er
2. It is called "Mr. Clean" because of its cleanliness.
nt
3. It is a Shoppers' paradise where one can purchase the cheapest things of the
world.
4. It is called the fusion of East and West.
Ce
ish
9. Why is Singapore called the fusion of the East and the West?
Ans. Singapore is called the fusion of the East and the West because one finds
modern buildings and lifestyles coexisting with the traditional way of life. Tourists
gl
stay in big hotels but eat meals in small restaurants to enjoy the cuisine of the
En
East and West.
10. Describe briefly the education in Singapore.

E
Ans. Government spends twenty-five percent of its income on education. Citizens

M
are encouraged to get education, and there is enough provision in schools to

accommodate every child of the country. Besides providing them quality
education, students are encouraged to participate in debates, speeches, and
sports. We visited one such speech competition, and we were quite impressed
with the students' talent and confidence.
Exercise 5
Work individually and read the given idioms and phrasal expressions in the text.
Write their meanings and use them in your own sentences. After you have
completed, share your work with your class fellows.

Class XI
No. Idiom/Phrasal Expression Meaning Sentence
1. narrow and dark. (Congested place)

The Change Alley is a narrow and congested market of exchanging currencies.
2. every nook and corner. (Somewhere, nowhere, everywhere)

The police searched for the thief in every nook and corner of the town but found
him nowhere.
3. hustle and bustles. (A large amount of activity and work)

Come and enjoy the hustle and bustle on the first Saturday of every month.
er
nt
4. fusion of the East and the West. (Having both eastern and western qualities)
The traditional meal of Singapore has the cuisine of the East and the West.
Ce
5. dot on the map. (Very small country on the map (area wise)
ish
Area wise, Singapore is dot on the map.
6. earthen lamp surrounded by moths. (The place of lights)

gl
The port of Singapore seems like an earthen lamp, surrounded by moths.

En
7. in letter and spirit. (To obey)

This will allow us to comply with the letter and spirit of the law.
E
M
8. shopper's paradise. (A market where every kinds of shops is available)

Singapore is a Shoppers' paradise where every kind of good can be purchased in
the cheapest rate in the world.
Exercise 6
Work in pairs and read the text again. Write the names of places that the writer has
mentioned and what did he see there? After you have completed, share your work
with your partner.

Class XI
Ans.
1. Singapore Jetty.
○ It was a place seen by travelers. It was used to exchange goods.
2. Masjid Sultan.
○ He saw the most beautiful and biggest mosque of Singapore.
3. Change Alley.
○ The traveler sees the place where people can exchange the currency.
4. Raffles Pulse.
○ He saw the largest market, Raffles Pulse, which was full of shops.
5. Arab Street.
○ He saw Arab Street known throughout Singapore for reasonable prices.
er
6. Changi Village.
nt
○ A village at the end of Island, full of natural beauty.
7. 'Statues of the Lions".
Ce
○ The visitor saw many statue of Lions everywhere in the country
ish
_____________________________
gl
En
E
M

Class XI
"Unit 9. Choosing Career"

Pre Reading
1. What comes to your mind after seeing the above pictures?
Ans. Different professions come to my mind after seeing the above picture.
2. List down the occupations according to the above picture.

Ans.
1. Carpenter.
2. Teacher.
3. Air hostess.
er
4. Sweeper.
5. Doctor of animals.
nt
6. Wood cutter.
7. Judge.
8. Chef.
7. Gardner.
Ce
ish
8. Engineer.
9. Nurse.
gl
10. Lawyer.
11. Waiter.
En
12. Doctor.
13. Plumber.
E
14. Singer.
M
3. Which of these professions would you like to have for your career?
Ans. I would like to be a singer for my career.
"Unit 9.1
Choosing Career"
While-reading
Exercise 1
contextual meaning in column B. Share with your partner once you have completed.

Class XI
No. Column A. Column B
1 speculative Risky, hazardous
2 peers Appears
3 interchangeable Alike, similar
4 embarking Commencing
er
5 prevailing current, existing in a particular time.
nt
6 extroverted an outgoing, socially confident person.
8
introverted
aptitude
Ce
A shy, reticent person.
Natural ability to do something.

ish
9 veteran Experienced and familiar person.
gl
10 retrospection Reviewing past.

En
Exercise 2
Read the statements and encircle the right option.
E
M
1. Job is a _____ term strategy.

a) long
b) short ✓
c) medium
d) none of these
2. Many students choose a particular field because of ______.
a) prevailing social trends
b) insistence of family
c) peer pressure
d) all of these ✓
3. An introverted person requires ________ interaction.

Class XI
a) much
b) less ✓
c) no
d) constant
4. Engineering may be a good field for someone who likes to do ______ work.
a) practical ✓
b) theoretical
c) analytical
d) creative
5. Studying computer science requires _______ skills.
a) accounting
er
b) chemistry
nt
c) logical ✓
d) imagination
6. Choosing a career requires______.
a) interest
Ce
ish
b) personality
c) skills
d) all of these ✓
gl
7. Professional career counselor may_________.

En
a) give you a job

b) decide your career
c) guide you ✓
E
d) give you scholarship

M
8. SAT stands for________.

a) Scholastic Assessment Test ✓
b) School Aptitude Test
c) Scholarship Achievement Test
d) Selection & Admission Test
9. To get information about admission one should ________.
a) ask other students
b) visit university websites ✓
c) read books
d) consult parents

Class XI
10. If you don't succeed you should ________.

a) give up
b) try with same method
c) rethink strategy ✓
d) sit idle
Post-reading
Exercise 3
Here are some exciting careers. Work in pairs and match the profession with the
description. After you are done, share your work with your partner.
er
No. Column A: Profession. Column C: Answer
nt
1. Actuary
Ce
e. calculates insurance risks and
premiums.
(1_e)
2. Astronaut j. travels in a spacecraft. (2_j)

ish
3. Veterinarian a. cures sick animals. (3_a)

gl
4. Chef i. cooks food. (4_i)

En
5. Ecologist b. studies the environment. (5_b)
6. Ornithologist h. studies birds. (6_h)

E
7. Programmer c. makes computer software. (7_c)

M
8. Editor d. corrects texts of films. (8_d)
9. Paleontology f. studies fossils. (9_f)
10. Pharmacist g. makes medicines. (10_g)
Exercise 4
1. What are the differences between a job and a career?

Ans. Before embarking on a journey to choose a career, it is essential to understand

Class XI
the difference between a job and a career. Though jobs and careers are
considered synonymous and interchangeable, there is a subtle difference
between the two. A career is not merely a job; there is much more to it. A job is
the work one does to earn money. It may be full-time to make a living or part-
time to support a student during the academic term. It is a short-term strategy
and does not necessarily require a professional degree or future planning. On the
other hand, a career is a long-term journey based on one's passions, future
growth, and personal advancement. For a career, one needs a certain level of
education, a professional degree, or, at least, a definite skill set.
2. Why should you choose a career that interests you?
er
Ans. The first thing you should do while choosing a career is to make sure it
nt
interests you- something which brings you satisfaction and happiness. You will be
more successful, fulfilled, and productive if you are enthusiastic about your
Ce
chosen path. Every field offers potential growth, success, and satisfaction if you
excel in it by putting your heart and soul into it.
ish
3. What causes de-motivation in a career?
Ans. Many students choose a particular field based on prevailing social trends, the
gl
insistence of family, peer pressure, or lack of information about other choices, not
En
because of their genuine interest in that field. Ultimately, after some time, they
find no motivation to continue. In the long run, this lack of motivation leads to
dissatisfaction and negative emotional experience. Every field offers potential
E
growth, success, and satisfaction if you excel in it by putting your heart and soul
M
into it.
4. What are the examples of personal values given in the text?

Ans. Some following examples of personal values are given in the text.
1. Some like Independence.
2. Some like Recognition or Leadership.
3. Some wish to help humanity.
4. Some desire intellectual, scientific, or artistic achievements.
5. What is the difference between an extroverted person and an introverted

person?

Class XI
Ans. An extroverted person finds a social, customer-oriented workplace more

appealing. In contrast, an introverted person may be more at ease in career that
requires less social interaction and more independent analytical tasks.
6. What are the core skills required for a charted accountant and a visual artist?
Ans. The core skills required for a charted accountant is good knowledge of
accounting. Likewise, if you are interested in the visual arts, you should be
creative and artistic -attributes that can e displayed through your work.
7. What is an aptitude test? How does it help in choosing a career?

Ans. An aptitude test is a way for employers to assess a candidate's abilities
er
through a variety of different testing formats. Aptitude tests will test your ability
nt
to perform tasks and react to situations at work. This includes problem-solving,
prioritization and numerical skills, amongst other things. It will help you to reach
Ce
a suitable decision. So one should make sure that one's abilities and interests are
compatible with your intended career path.
ish
8. Why is it necessary to consult a veteran of the field before choosing a career?
Ans. Sometimes, we have a very idealistic and unattainable perception of our
gl
dream career. Therefore, it is always helpful to talk to someone who has

En
experience in the career you want to pursue. By consulting a veteran of the field,
you may gain valuable insight into the particular field's expectations, procedures,
difficulties, and rewards. For instance, if you are interested in pursuing a career in
E
academia, then it would be appropriate to approach your teacher to guide you towards
M
your intended path. He or she may be able to tell you about the institutions, processes,
and some helpful tips to achieve your goal.
9. How can a professional career counselor help you?

Ans. An aspirant of any career should attend career counseling seminars or seek the
help of a professional career counselor. He or she may not only be able to help you to
choose your career but may also guide you through the admission process with
suggestions for suitable institutions, methods to obtain scholarships or inform you of
the eligibility criteria of financial aid if need be.
10. Why is it wiser to have a backup plan?

Class XI
Ans. However, sometimes, despite our genuine efforts, we are unable to achieve our
goals. It is also necessary to remain realistic about other potential opportunities and
have a backup plan. This does not mean giving up on your dreams. Instead, it simply
means to have a serious retrospection, and if required, redesign your goals.
Exercise 5
Work individually and match the personality type with their corresponding description.
After you have completed, share your work with your class fellows.
No. Personality type . Description.

1. Realistic. likes to work with their bodies and do practical things.
er
2. Investigative. likes to organize things and check details.
nt
3. Artistic. likes to create new things and express their ideas.
4. Social. likes to work with and help other people.
5.
6.
Enterprising.
Conventional.
Ce
likes to lead and influence other people
likes to work with ideas and problems.
ish
Exercise 6
gl
The following steps shall help you to identify the best career for you. Work
individually on the following steps and choose a career for yourself. After you have
En

E
a. Make a list of your career-related interests and values.

M
Career Related Interests
I want to teach practically.
Except teaching I try to make my students engage in debate, speech or any other
competitive work.
I like to play cricket and to read historical books in my free time.
Career Related Values

Class XI
Adventure: I want a career with high levels of excitement and risk-taking.

Enjoyment: I want a high level of personal satisfaction.
Expertise: I want to become a subject-level expert in my field.
Location: The geographic location of my work is important to me.
Entrepreneurship: I want to develop my own projects and ideas.
Structure: I want to work with clearly defined policies and procedures.
Family/personal life: A balance between personal and work is important.
Challenge: I want to solve difficult but interesting problems.
Social service: It is important that my work benefits society.
Recognition: It is important that my accomplishments are acknowledged.
Variety: I prefer to work on many different things all the time.
er
Wealth from income: Income from my job is very important.
nt
Creativity: Creating new ideas, objects, or programs is important.
Job stability: I want a reasonable assurance of long-term employment.
Ce
People contact: I want to work directly with a large number of people.
Independence: I work best on my own by doing things my own way.
ish
Pace: A fast-paced, high-pressure environment is where I work best.
Authority: I want to make decisions, set policies, and guide others’ work.
Ethics & values: My work must match my personal values and beliefs.
gl
Advancement: I value the chance to advance rapidly in my field.

En
Knowledge: In my job I want to learn more and expand my skills.

Aesthetics: I need to be involved in an aesthetic environment.
E
b. Write down your natural skills and abilities.

M
Ans.
Research mind.
Problem solving.
Project management.
Communicating complex ideas.
c. Consider your personality type and career-related values.

Ans.
I am a teacher. I have to maintain the personality which suits me. I will
follow the following career Related Values.

Class XI
Knowledge: In my job I want to learn more and expand my skills.

Ethics & values: My work must match my personal values and beliefs.
People contact: I want to work directly with a large number of people.
Creativity: Creating new ideas, objects, or programs is important for my
personality.
____________________________
er
nt
Ce
ish
gl
En
E
M

Class XI
"UNIT 10 PRACTICE POSITIVE WORKS ETHICS"
Pre Reading
1. What comes in your mind after reading following quotations given in the
bubbles?
Ans. After reading following quotations it comes in my mind that something
useful material I am going to read. The text I am going to read will be full of
morals for the readers.
er
nt
Unit 10.1
"Pearls of Wisdom (Sheikh Saadi)"
While-reading
Ce
ish
Exercise 1
Work in pairs and find out the words from the text and match with their
gl
corresponding descriptions. After you have completed, share your work with your partner.
En
No. Description Words

E
1. extremely poor and lacking the means to provide for oneself. (destitute)
M
2. shaking slightly in a way that once cannot be controlled. (Tremble)

3. bringing or restoring to a state of peace or tranquility. (Pacify)
4. happening especially as if by fate. (befallen)
5. stimulating drugs that can cause illusions. (Ecstasy)
6. decorated or beautified, as by ornaments. (adorned)
7. the quality of having or showing good powers of judgment. (Wisdom)
8. becoming involved with or taking part in something. (Partake)
9. skill or expertise in a particular activity or field. (Profession)
10. repository for grain, especially after it has been threshed. (granary)

Class XI
Exercise 2
Work individually. Read each text and suggest the appropriate title by writing
before each text number. After you have completed, share your work with your
class fellows.
NO. Text No. Suggested title
1. Text-I. Freedom is a great blessing.

2. Text-II. Self done is well done
3. Text-III. Live for need not for desire.
4. Text-IV. Profession is wealth
er
5. Text-V. To interrupt is a foolish man's act.
nt
Exercise 3
Ce
ish
1. The second brother was living by
a) serving sultan
gl
b) doing Govt. service

c) doing labor ✓
En
d) selling belts
2. ________ said that it is better to eat barley than to gird with golden belts.
E
a) elder brother
b) sultan
M
c) wise man ✓
d) servant
3. "To gird with golden belts", this phrase indicates to live ________.
a) hard life
b) healthy life
c) wealthy life
d) slavery life ✓
4. The _________ was fearful during travel in the vessel.
a) king
b) sultan

Class XI
c) slave ✓
d) Wiseman
5. The slave was thrown in the sea to __________.
a) catch fish
b) gain experience ✓
c) go drowning
d) save boat
6. The Arab became happy after _______.
a) finding bag ✓
b) gaining grain
c) finding water
er
d) seeing pearls
nt
7. The sage gave advice to his student that _________.
a) property can be made
b) silver and gold are necessary
c) riches can be relied
Ce
ish
d) profession is wealth ✓
8. "Little drops make an ocean." This proverb is appropriately depicted in _______.
a) Text-1
gl
b) Text-III
En
c) Maxim-V ✓
d) Maxim-III
9. A group of people traveling together is called _______.
E
a) sages
M
b) caravan ✓
c) crew
d) shrewd men
10. ________ may be the suitable message of text-II.
a) 'Self-done is well done,' ✓
b) 'Brave deeds need no show,"
c) 'Small wit great boast,'
d) 'Silent water run deep,"
Post-reading

Class XI
Exercise 4
Read the texts and answer the following questions.
1. What did the wealthy man ask the poor brother and what was his reply?
Ans. The wealthy man in the service of sultan while the poor brother liked to
work with his own arm. Once, the wealthy brother asked his poor brother why he
did not serve the sultan in order to be delivered from the hardship of laboring.
The poor man replied that he wanted to live independently rather to live the life
in slavery.
2. Why could the slave not be pacified even though he was in the same boat with
er
the king?
nt
Ans. The slave had never been at sea and experienced the inconvenience of a
vessel. So, he started to tremble and could not be pacified even though he was in
the same boat with the king. Ce
ish
3. What did the wise man do to make the slave realize about the security of boat?
Ans. The Wise man ordered the slave to be thrown into the water so that he
gl
swallowed some of it, whereon he was caught and pulled by his hair to the boat,
to the stern of which he clung with both his hands. In such way, the slave realized
En
the security of the boat and sat down silently in a corner.
4. What kind of virtue the sage wanted to teach to his students?

E
Ans. A sage wanted to teach the virtue of professionalism to his students. A skilful
M
a professional person can never die because of hunger.
5. How does the professional man earn respect according to the sage?
Ans. The professional man has skill through which he can earn money at any time.
Property and precious materials are not permanent. These can be stolen or vanished
away. But a profession which is a skill can never be stolen. A man can
earn his respect by using his talent and skills at any time.
6. Who is lucky and unlucky according to the maxim?

Ans: According to the maxim, 'he is lucky who has eaten and sowed but he is

Class XI
unlucky who have died and not enjoyed.' It means to enjoy life. One should
be generous and take the benefits from the blessings of nature. A sting and miser
person misses to enjoy the blessings blessed to him. He ruined his life.
7. Confide not to a friend every secret thou possess. How do you know that he will
not some time become thy foe? How far do you agree and why?
Ans. I am totally agree to the maxim. In this maxim, Sheik Saadi forbids tIo tell
secret to any one. A man should not reveals his secret to his friends or any other
trusting person. Because, it is not confirm that the person whom you reveal
secret, will ever remain your friend. He might be your enemy one day and he may
harm you in any way.
er
nt
8. Identify the maxim which reflects the value of real thing never fades or
shatters.
Ce
Ans. The maxim 4 reflects the value of real things never fades or shatters. If the
jewel will be thrown in the mud it will not loss it's preciousness. It will remain
ish
same in every condition.
9. What kind of suggestion did Imam Ghazali give to the people?

gl
Ans. Imam Ghazali gave the suggestion to the people that never feel ashamed
En
while asking any things about whom you are unaware.
10. Which tale from the above texts do you like the most? And why?
E
Ans. I like the tale of two brothers most. It teaches us the lesson of freedom. Free
M
life is thousand times better than life of slavery. Poverty or richness do not
matter. The matter is of slavery and liberty. A poor free man is happier than a rich
slave man.
Exercise 5
Work in pairs and write the concise central theme against each text. After you have
No. Text Central Theme

Class XI
1. Text-I
Freedom is the central theme of this text. A poor free man is better than a rich slave
man.
2. Text-II.
Self experience is the central theme of the text. One cant learn until he/she do not bear
the burnt of the situation.
3. Text-III.
Try to get basic needs is the central theme of
er
4. Text-IV.
nt
Art or profession and its importance is the central theme of this text. A skillful person
will never be hungry in his/her life.
5. Text-V.
Ce
ish
Interruption is a bad habit is the central theme of the text. A man should interrupt
while two persons are speaking. It is a foolish act.
gl
En
___________________________
E
M

Class XI
WRITING
(2.1)
1. Essays (Descriptive, Compare and Contrast)
(Unit 2.2)
2. Narrative writing.
(Unit 3.2)
er
3. Precise Writing.
nt
(Unit 4.2)
4. Business Letters.
(Unit 5.2)
Ce
ish
5. Editing.
(Unit 6.2)
gl
6. Formal Emails.
En
(Unit 7.2)
7. Informal and formal reports.
E
(Unit 8.2)
M
8. Covering letter.
(Unit 9.2)
9. Proofreading.
(Unit 10.2)

Class XI
Unit 1.2 (Writing)

Exercise 1 (Outlines)
1. Social Media.
Outlines
Introduction
Social media in the field of education
Social media in the field of health
er
Social media in the field of business
nt
Social media in the field of studies
Social media in family
Social media controlling disasters
Conclusion
Ce
ish
2. Culture
Outlines
gl
Introduction
En
Family life
Language
Beliefs
E
Education
M
Communication
Government
Art
Historical places
Economy
Conclusion.
Exercise 3 (Essays)

Class XI
1.Importance of Culture
“Culture is the sum of all the forms of art, of love, and of thought, which, in the course of
centuries have enabled man to be less enslaved.” ~ Andre Malraux
Culture is the invisible bond which ties people together. It refers to the pattern of human
activity. The art, literature, language, and religion of a community represent its culture. Our
cultural values and beliefs manifest themselves through our lifestyle. Our moral values
represent our culture. It has great importance as it teaches us how to live a standard life. Our
culture gives us an identity, and helps us to build our character. The cultural values shared
across our community or social group, give us a sense of belonging towards society.
Culture is important to value individuality. It is related to the development of our attitude.
Our cultural values influence how we approach living. According to the behaviorist definition
of culture, it is the ultimate system of social control where people monitor their own standards
er
and behavior. Our cultural values serve as the founding principles of our life. They shape our
nt
thinking, behavior, and personality. It is because of these values, the person enjoys a distinct
position in a society.
Ce
Not only individually but socially, culture has also great importance. It is the identity of the
nation, without it the society is impossible. It is the set of transmitted and learned behavior
patterns, beliefs, institutions and all other products of human work and thought that
ish
characterize the functioning of a particular population, profession, organization or
community. In such a way, the only representative of the particular community or population
gl
is the culture. It is the basic root of any community which gives them ways of life. It provides
a solution to the critical problem that is faced by the community. It teaches us to think for the
En
whole nation not individually, it provides the concept of family, nation or any society.
All in all, the importance of culture cannot be stressed enough, as it is something that lies
within
E
us, around us, and is an integral part of our being. It defines the way we treat others and
M
ourselves. It is the only way in this scientific world to keep the people close in a group. Simply,
it is the just source of making a man, individually and socially, an active and responsible
member of any society.
2.Preservation of Heritage Sites
Heritage is what we have inherited from the past, to value and enjoy in the present, and
to preserve and pass on to future generations. It has three types i.e. the tangible -
related to the historical sites; the entangle-related to the customs and traditions; and
the natural- related to the historical natural scenery of any local area. These all

Class XI
tangible, intangible and natural heritage memories provide us with a common language
and insight that enables us to communicate on a deep level with each other and to
express ourselves in a unique way to the outside world.
The sites play major parts for a community or nation to keep their identity alive by
narrating the past civilized history of their forefathers. The ancient sites also attract
the tourists to visit for research purposes, which enhance the business of the local
community.
Heritage and its sites must be preserved because it has countless benefits, one of these
is that it helps us to shape our identity and it becomes part of what we are. Our
expression of this identity shows others what we value; it highlights our values and
priorities. It provides clues to our past and how our society has evolved. It helps us
er
examine our history and traditions and enables us to develop an awareness about
nt
ourselves. It helps us understand and explain why we are the way we are. The
civilization of Moen-Jo-Daro is pride for the people of Indus land.
Ce
They proudly show their identity by connecting the civilized society of the prehistoric
era to become part of what we are. Our expression of this identity shows others what we
ish
value; it highlights our values and priorities. It provides clues to our past and how our
society has evolved. It helps us examine our history and traditions and enables us to
develop an awareness about ourselves. It helps us understand and explain why we are
gl
the way we are. The civilization of Moen-Jo-Daro is pride for the people of Indus land.
En
They proudly show their identity by connecting the civilized society of the prehistoric
era.The preservation of the heritage sites is also important because it provides a basis
for local economic development and innovation in tourism, agriculture, entertainment,
E
education and business generally. The sites attract the attention of tourists and
M
researchers to pay a visit there. The sites of Murree, Naran¸Kagaan and Makli attract
overseas visitors and bring investment into local economies.
Cultural tourism and activity holidays on our natural landscapes and countryside
continue to grow, outperforming all other tourism sectors. The quality of our natural
heritage is at the core of our quality agricultural produce. We rely on healthy
ecosystems for nutrition and food security, clean air and fresh water. As much of the
natural scenery would be as much the visitors can entertain themselves.
Heritage is fragile, it delivers so much in terms of important human experience and
enjoyment. It enriches our lives, allows us to define ourselves but needs constant
protection and development. It is essential that the significance of our heritage is
acknowledged by the government and reflected in appropriate and reformed structures

Class XI
and increased funding. This will ensure that the best elements of our heritage will be
passed on to our children and their children in turn.
3.Proper Conservation of Water
Life without water is not possible. A man can't live alive without drinking water. We
need it for many things including cleaning, cooking, using the washroom, and more.
Moreover, we need clean water to lead a healthy life. The world is facing an alarming
situation because of scarcity of water. Day by day, the freshwater is either being
polluted or to be wasted improperly. Conserving water for future use is the need of the
time. Otherwise, we will hardly survive in the world as having no water for drinking.We
er
can take many steps to conserve water on a national level as well as an individual level.
nt
Nationally, our governments must implement efficient strategies to conserve water.
The scientific community must work on advanced agricultural reforms to save water.
Ce
The residents should be supplied a limited quantity of water as per their need.
There must be time management while supplying the drinkable water. In such a way,
ish
the users will be cautious about the economic usage of the water.Similarly, proper
planning of cities and promotion of water conservation through advertisements must
be done.
gl
On an individual level, we can start by opting for buckets instead of showers or tubs.
En
We must not use too much electricity. We must start planting more trees and plants.
Rainwater harvesting must be made compulsory so we can benefit from the rain as
well.Further, we can also save water by turning off the tap when we brush our teeth or
E
wash our utensils. Use a washing machine when it is fully loaded. Do not waste the
M
water when you wash vegetables or fruit, instead, use it to water plants. You should not
use water while taking a bath or using the bathroom. While washing automobiles and
spraying the water on the streets, we should hurriedly turn off the tab after using the
needed water.
All in all, we must identify water scarcity as a real issue as it is very dangerous. Further,
after identifying it, we must make sure to take steps to conserve it. There are many
things that we can do on a national level as well as an individual level. So, we must
come together now and conserve water for us and for the coming generation.
4.Scope of English Language

Class XI
The English Language is becoming more and more common in the world. As a result,
increasingly people are dedicating time to study English as their second language. In
fact, many countries include it in their school syllabus to teach children this language
from a young age. However, the true value of this language is that it helps to remove
many barriers from our life. Whether it is to find a new job or to travel the world. In
other words, it helps to progress in life both on a personal and professional level.
Many countries including Pakistan teach and encourage youngsters to acquire English
as a second language. Even in nations where English is not an official language, many
science and Engineering curricula are written in English. So, to keep oneself abreast of
the current developments, one needs to learn English. After commanding the language,
er
one can learn and utilize the benefits of modern inventions.
nt
English abilities will most certainly aid you in any business endeavors you choose to
pursue. Many large corporations will only hire professional employees after
Ce
determining whether or not they speak good English. Failing to speak English in any
way you can bear a huge loss. The dealers who come from abroad use the language
ish
while communicating to confirm the dealings. So it is mandatory to explain the
qualities of your products in English. One can do it after grasping the usage of the
language.The English Language opens an ocean of career opportunities to those who
gl
speak this language anywhere in the world. It is an international language. Wherever in

En
the world you will go, I have to speak English in every walk of life. It is the only means
of communication which is accepted all over the world. Similarly, it has turned into an
inevitable requirement for various fields and professions like medicine, computing and
E
more. Because, for writing and reading, English is only used in every field of life.To sum
M
up, in the fast-evolving world, it is essential to have a common language that we can
understand to make the best use of the data and information available. As a result, the
English Language has become a storehouse of various knowledge ranging from social to
political fields. It is the language that meets the needs of the time.
5.Prosperity Lies in Peace.

Peace is the path we take for bringing growth and prosperity to society. If we do not
have peace and harmony, achieving political strength, economic stability and cultural
growth will be impossible. Moreover, before we transmit the notion of peace to others,
it is vital for us to possess peace within. It is not a certain individual’s responsibility to

Class XI
maintain peace but everyone’s duty. Thus, it is not wrong to say that peace leads to the
actual prosperity of any nation.
History has been proof of the thousands of wars which have taken place in all periods at
different levels between nations. Thus, we learned that peace played an important role
in ending these wars or even preventing some of them.
In fact, if you take a look at all religious scriptures and ceremonies, you will realize that
all of them teach peace. They mostly advocate eliminating war and maintaining
harmony. In other words, all of them hold out a sacred commitment to peace.
When peace and harmony are maintained, things will continue to run smoothly without
any delay. To begin with humankind, it is essential to maintain equality, security and
justice to maintain the political order of any nation. Similarly, we must also adopt a
er
mental and spiritual ideology that embodies a helpful attitude to spread harmony. We
nt
must also recognize diversity and integration for expressing emotion to enhance our
friendship with everyone from different cultures.
Ce
To sum it up, peace is essential to control the evils which damage our society. It is
obvious that we will keep facing crises on many levels but we can manage them better
ish
with the help of peace. Moreover, peace is vital for humankind to survive and strive for
a better future.
gl
En
________________________________
E
Unit 2.2
M
(Compare and Contrast Essays)
1. School Life vs. College Life
School Life and college life have many similarities and differences. In both stages of
life, education matters a lot. Students' major focus remains to gain a great deal of
knowledge. Here are some similarities and differences between school life and college
life.During school life and college life a student is bound to get education. Both
institutions provide the knowledge given in the academic books. A student's mind
grows up and leads to maturity.

Class XI
He or she learns manners and rules on how to spend life. All in all, both institutions
work for the mental growth of a student.
Although school life and village life are similar, they also have some differences. School
life is a life of restrictions and control, a life in which the student has to be accountable
for his daily work with his teachers and his guardian. But a college student, on the other
hand, enjoys a much greater freedom from control and supervision. He is, to a very
large extent, the master of his own destiny. It lies with him to make it or mar it.
To sum up, both school life and college life develop different mental and moral
qualities. At school, students acquire habits of discipline and regularity. They have to
practice obedience and follow instructions. But at college students are expected to
develop a sense of responsibility and personal initiative. It depends upon the student
er
how he or she controls himself or herself.
nt
2. Physical games vs online games.
Ce
The games are a source of entertainment. It does not matter, whether physical or
ish
online, one gets enjoyment while playing any one of the games. Physical games and
online games have many similarities and differences. Both games are played for the
purpose of recreation and each has many beneficial properties. Here are some of the
gl
similarities and differences between physical and online games.Physical games and
En
online games are played for recreation. In both games one can easily
entertain oneself and pass time happily. So, if anyone gets free time, he or she keeps
himself or herself busy in these games. In such a way, they do not spoil their time by
E
planning to foil things against one another. One's mind and body remain safe and
M
sound. All in all, these both games grow the mentality of the players. The games also
enhance the enthusiasm of the players while playing and make them ready to compete
with the opponents. They should be played on a daily basis.Although physical games
and online games have some similarities yet these have a lot of differences too. Physical
games are aerobic which help the players physically fit because of burning the energy
on a daily basis. They remain safe from many stomach and heart connected
diseases, especially obesity. While, online games are not aerobic. They don't need to
burn the energy. The players involved in the game face obesity and other stomach and
heart diseases by sitting a long time in one place only. They lose their physical fitness
day by day. On the other hand, they remain mentally more active than the players of
physical games.

Class XI
To sum up, both games are best to be played in free time. Each game is the best source
of recreation and enhances the enthusiasm of competition. No doubt, they have some
differences, but these both are necessary to maintain one's mind and health. One
should play both games regularly in order to maintain one's mental and physical
fitness.
3. Books vs Mobile Phones.
Books and mobile phones are sources of conveying entertainment, information and
knowledge with many similarities and differences. Both sources are used by the people
at different places in different times. These both sources are beneficial for the users.
er
Here are some of the similarities and differences between books and mobile phones.
nt
General purpose of books and mobile phones is to provide the readers with valuable
knowledge. The readers read and try to gain a great deal of information and knowledge
Ce
from these sources. They enhance their mental capacity by acquiring useful knowledge
given in the texts. Apart from knowledge and information, the books and the mobile
ish
phones are also used in free time for the purpose of entertainment. Simply, these are
the major sources for the people to gain and increase their knowledge and keep
themselves busy. After all, the knowledge and entertainment given in books and mobile
gl
phones are the same. The readers enjoy their free time.Although, the general purpose
En
of books and mobile phones is the same especially to convey the knowledge given there
yet there are some differences as compared to the way of receiving that knowledge.
Some readers prefer mobile phones to gain knowledge whereas others prefer books. The
E
readers, whose visual capacity is strong, are too lazy to gain knowledge by reading
M
books only. They never feel easy to read books because they are weak in reading. They
don't understand things clearly until they watch them. So for that purpose, they use
videos to understand any topic clearly. Whereas, other readers are interested to read
the books. They never understand the things until and unless they read them from the
books. So that they succeed to gain knowledge by reading books only. They always
avoid using mobile phones.To sum up, books and mobile phones are helpful for the
readers in some or other ways. Each means offers entertainment and knowledge. One
should try to make themselves habitual of reading both sources in order to gain the
knowledge. One or other should not be discarded, but it should be used for the positive
purpose.

Class XI
______________________________
Unit 3.2
(Narrative Writing)
Exercise 2.
A surprising cum happy incident:-
"Come out Ali, go and see who is knocking the door?" Shouted my Mom from the
kitchen when she heard the noise of a ringing bell. She was busy preparing lunch. I ran
to the gate and asked, "Who is there?" "Your Parcel please", replied the person who was
er
standing out. I opened the door and received an envelope. I did not dare to open it as
nt
my mom always forbade me to open such types of things without her permission. I
wondered why she did so with me. I directly went to the kitchen and handed the
Ce
envelope to my mom. "What is it about mom?" I asked my mother. "Stop asking such
silly questions as I already forbade you to ask such things?" My mother scolded me as
ish
usual. I was disappointed and rushed towards my room where I was busy completing my
homework.
gl
"When will she stop treating me like a little kid?" I thought. As I was busy thinking
En
about the odd behavior of mom with me, I listened to the noise, "Yes", my mother from
the kitchen said it loudly. I thought her lunch had been prepared so that she happily
said it. I ignored it and made myself busy with my work. "Ali opened the door hastily",
E
said my mother. I was shocked to hear the sudden voice of my mother's calling. "Open
M
the door", she shouted again. I hurriedly went to the door and opened it. "Is anything
ok?" I asked my mother after seeing strange feelings on her face. She kissed me and
started crying. "Mom, please tell me, Is everything alright?" I asked again the same
question from my mother. Because of her exceptional emotional feeling I felt a mother's
platonic love for her child.
"Guess what is in my hand?" She said after showing me a paper in her hand. "I don't
know my dear mom. Please tell me quickly." I asked my mother for a reply. "This is your
mark sheet and you got 1st position in the school", she said and gave me the result card
which I had received from the delivery boy. "What?" I was excitedly asked by my
mother. We both were very happy for a while. After that my mother phoned my father.

Class XI
He was also happy and told me that he would come within half an hour as he promised
to take leave. After almost half an hour he came with a cake and a box of sweets. We
also invited our close relatives. We celebrated and enjoyed a lot. I can't forget that
incident in my life.
Exercise 3.
1. Exposition (Beginning of the story where characters and setting is introduced)
"Hurry up you guys, you'll be late for school!" Called Mom............. Meanwhile, my
mom was staring at us from the window. (The above passage is the first element of
er
writing a story or it Exposition)
nt
2. Rising Action (Where the main character a faces a series of conflicts)
Ce
The rising action starts when they are both sisters on the way to the school. They saw a
ish
fierce dog. The elder sister solaces her younger sister.
3. Climax (The most exciting part of the story; when we learn the outcome)
gl
En
"GRRRR!!!" the dog growled. The climax starts from this scene. They start to fear the
dog. They were in danger. Here the reader suspects whether the dog will bite them or
they will be successful to save their lives.
E
M
4. Falling Action (Events leading to the end of the story)
I grabbed Sara's hand and shouted: "RUN!" From here the events leading to the end of
the story. They succeed in running away from the reach of the dog.
5. Resolution (End of the story)
Then, we saw the bright red door of the school. From here the story starts to end. They
both resolve the matter by promising not to tell the incident to their mother.
Exercise 4 and 5

Class XI
An incident changed my life.
Introduction.
The 'Hook'.
"Practice makes man perfect." Said Kamala to Muhammad Ali.
Set the Scene.
er
Mohammad Ali and Kamala (brother and sister) were the neighbors to my Mamu's
nt
house. I usually visited my Mamu's house during summer vacation. That time I was at
their house when they were communicating with one another in English. I listened to
Ce
the comment given by Kamala while speaking with her brother in English. She tried to
convince her brother that without practicing speaking English it was impossible to
ish
learn how to speak a foreign language.
Thesis statement.
gl
En
"I have to learn English." I thought and made up my mind to learn English. Come what
may happen I made myself ready to learn the language.
E
Body paragraph.
M
'Show, Don't Tell'

Supporting Evidence.
Passage of Times
Transitions.
"Wake up Ameer, take the buffalos to the fields for grazing." My mother woke me up
from a deep sleep. It was the winter season. I was at my natal home. I picked my
English book and notes with me and took buffaloes to the field. I made my habit of
taking books with me during the grazing of buffaloes. I used to memorize the words and
rules wherever I went. I made the habit of speaking English. "I will learn English one

Class XI
day." After memorizing some words and rules of English I always encouraged myself by
thinking of the idea. I continued the routine for a long time.
I usually went to my Mamu's house in Karachi during summer vacation. Kamala and
Muhammad Ali inspired me a lot when they communicate in English. After completing
my intermediate, I forced my parents for admission in University of Sindh. They refused
because they could not pay my fees. My sister saw me while weeping. "Ameer is totally
disappointed, kindly do something for him." My elder sister said to my cousin brother
who was in charge of our home. It was my last night. Next day I had to submit my fees
for the confirmation of my admission in Political Science, Sindh University Jamshoro.
er
Conclusion.
nt
Moral of the story.
Ce
"Wake up Ameer, your brother has gone to submit your fees." My sister said to me after
ish
waking me from sleep. I can't express how much happy I was after listening it and the
quote of Bacon that Kamala said to her brother Muhammad Ali, "Practice makes man
perfect" hit my mind again. I followed it, after completion of my bachelor degree in
gl
political science, I got admission in English to complete my Master. I worked hard and
En
completed my master's and learnt how to read, understand, speak and write English. I
never forgot the conversation of the siblings; I never forgot the quotation of the Bacon.
I was inspired; I tried and proved that practice makes man perfect.
E
M
__________________________
4.2
WRITING
Précis Writing
The word Précis is a French word which means a summary and précis writing means
summarizing a lengthy passage in limited words without affecting the main idea or
theme of the passage. The following steps will help you to make a standard précis.

Class XI
Steps:-
1. Read the entire passage carefully to know the central idea.

2. Underline or highlight important points.
3. Irrelevant points should be excluded.
4. Use your own words in writing the précis.
5. Do not use idioms and phrases.
6. Check spellings and grammatical errors.
7. Length of précis should be one-third of the original passage.
8. Do not copy the same text.
9. Make a final draft.
er
10. Suggest an appropriate title.
nt
Passage
Ce
Dolphins are regarded as the friendliest creatures in the sea of them helping and stories
ish
of them drowning sailors have been common since Roman times. The more we learn
about dolphins, the more we realize that their society is more complex than people
previously imagined. They look after other dolphins when they are ill, mothers, care
gl
and for expecting to protect the weakest in the community, as we do. Some scientists
En
have suggested that dolphins have a language but it is much more probable that they
communicate with each other without needing words. Could any of these mammals be
more intelligent than man? Certainly, the most common argument in favour of man's
E
superiority over them that we can kill them more easily than they can kill us is the least
M
satisfactory. On the contrary, the more we discover about these remarkable creatures,
the less we appear superior when we destroy them.
Précis
Title:
Dolphins: the Compassionate Beings
Dolphins' friendliness has always excelled that of humanity. They are supposed to be
more intelligent and helpful than mankind, but they lack behind due to physical

Class XI
weakness. Further, their benevolent character can be witnessed through communicative

gestures of distress towards their community. Man's superiority is shown in killing
those kind creatures. The more a man knows about them, the more he loves them.
Exercise 1
Work in pairs. Write the précis of the following paragraph and suggest a suitable title.
Remember, to use the steps given above. After completing, share the précis with your
partner.
Trees give shade for the benefit of others, and while they themselves stand in the sun
er
and endure the heat, they produce the fruit of which others profit. The character of a
nt
good human is like that of trees. Sandalwood, the more it is rubbed, the more scent
does it yield. Sugarcane, the more it is peeled and cut up into pieces, the more juice it
Ce
produces. What matters whether other people praise them or not? What difference does
it make whether they die at this moment or whether lives are prolonged? Whatever may
ish
be, those who tread in the right path will not set foot in any other. Life itself is
unprofitable to a human being who does not live for others. To live for the mere sake of
living one's life is to live life with no purpose.
gl
En
Purpose of life
The men who work selflessly for others are like the trees who give shades and fruits to
E
those whom they don't know. A truthful person never gives ears to the gossip. He makes
M
humanity the purpose of his life and continues to help others without noticing what the
others say. To serve humanity is the utmost purpose of life, else life is meaningless.
__________________________
Unit 5.2.
Business Letters.
1. Write a letter to the National Book Foundation for provision of English Grammar
Books for your Library.

Class XI
November 27, 2022.

The In charge,
The National Book Foundation,
Road Tilak Charhi,
Hyderabad.
Dear Mr. Uzair,

I hereby write a letter to request you to provide some updated books for our library. We
have settled on a new library in this area. Prior to it, there was no other library around
four kilometers in this area. The parents were upset in this regard. They could not send
their children far from the houses. Now, they are happy and send their children to our
er
library on a regular basis. In this regard, we need new and updated books and we expect
nt
from you for the donation of the books.
I, therefore, request you to help us by donating some new books as the users of the
Ce
library can enhance their knowledge by reading more and more books. I have also
enclosed the list of the required books. Looking forward to hearing from your early
ish
response. Thanks.
Yours sincerely,
XYZ.
gl
En
2. Write a letter to the manager of the bank complaining about the unprofessional
behavior of the staff.
E
November 27, 2022.

M
The Manager,
Muslim Commercial Bank,
Karachi.
Dear Mr. Ali,

I hereby write to complain regarding the unprofessional behavior of your staff. I came
here today for the purpose of opening a new account. As I entered the bank, I saw the
workers were busy in chit chat. I asked the guide for directions. He ignored me to
answer because he was busy using cellphone. After some time, when I asked him thrice
or four times, he showed me the accountant office. As I went there, the accountant
officer did not offer me a seat. I sat on the vacant seat. Almost after ten minutes, he

Class XI
asked me the reason as he was also busy on a phone call. At the end, he gave me an
account opening form. I did not experience any polite and positive response by the
staff.
I, therefore, request you to take this matter seriously and try to make your staff more
professional as the customers never again feel any difficulty while opening an account.
Thanks.
Yours Sincerely,
XYZ.
_____________________________
Unit 6.2
er
(Writing)
nt
Editing:-
Ce
Editing is a part of the re-drafting process and entails checking the tone, structure
ish
and content of your written work to ensure that it has a logical and coherent flow and
expresses ideas clearly and correctly. After you have written a complete draft of your
written work, you need to review. Editing focuses on sentence-level concerns: things
gl
like grammar, punctuation, sentence clarity, spelling, and citation.

En
Exercise 1
E
Look at the following passages. First one is draft passage and the other is edited
M
passage. Now, work in pairs and compare the draft and the edited passage and note
down the difference. After you have completed, exchange your work with your
partner.
Draft Passage
did you no that bats are mammals. we no they are mammals just lik us becaus hey
are warm blooded they are the only mammals that know how to fly. bats are
Nocturnal which means thay sleep during the day nd are awak at nite?
Edited Passage

Class XI
Did you know that bats are mammals? We know they are mammals just like us
because they are warm-blooded. They are the only mammals that know how to fly.
Bats are nocturnal which means they sleep during the day and are awake at night.
Draft Passage
Do you know where the longest road on Earth can be found ? The Pan-American
Highway begins in alaska. It passes through Canada the United States and
Mexico. Then it continues down the west coast of South America all the way to Chile.
Altogether, the highway passes through 12 countries. It passes through jungles
and mountains. The road is about 16,000 miles long. At this time, only one 54-miles
er
stretch of the road remains to be completed.
nt
Edited Passage
Ce
Do you know where the longest road on Earth can be found? Pan-Américan
ish
Highway begins in Alaska. It passes through Canada, the United States and
Mexico. Then it continues down the west coast of South America all the way to
Chile. Altogether, the highway passes through 12 countries. It passes through
gl
jungles and mountains. The road is about 16,000 miles long. At this time, only one
En
54-mile stretch of the road remains to be completed.
Tips for Effective Editing in Writing

E
M
Effective writing looks concise, correct and to the point. More importantly, it is clear
and transparent. Here are some effective tips for editing:
a) Write clear sentences.

b) Avoid using jargon.
c) Avoid unnecessary use of passive voice.
d) Use vivid nouns and verbs.
e) Avoid unnecessary abbreviations or contractions.
f) Avoid dangling participles and split infinitives.
g) Avoid "wordy" sentences or sentences of excessive length.
h) Avoid colloquialisms or slang..

Class XI
i) Avoid being repetitive in your use of words & expression of ideas.

j) Avoid excessive use of semicolons and commas.
k) Check for all grammatical, punctuation and spelling mistakes.
Exercise 2.
Work in pairs and find the incorrect words in the passage and correct them. After
completing, exchanging your work with your partner. Remember to use above tips
while doing this exercise.
Passage
er
nt
It is true that a natural disaster was a natural process and we can not stop it,
but through making certain preparations, we can reduce the magnitude of the loss
Ce
to life or property. First of all, we would reduce global warming which is the root
cause from all the problems. We should also have insurance policies such that we
ish
have insufficient money to rebuilt our lives after any such disaster.
Incorrect
gl
was
En
through
or
would
E
from
M
such
rebuilt
Correct
is
by
and
should
of
so
rebuild

Class XI
It is true that a natural disaster is a natural process and we can not stop it,
but by making certain preparations, we can reduce the magnitude of the loss to
life and property. First of all, we should reduce global warming which is the root
cause of all the problems. We should also have insurance policies so that we have
insufficient money to rebuild our lives after any such disaster.
Exercise 3.
There is an error in each of the following sentences. Work in pairs. Write the correct
word in the space provided. After you have completed, share your work with your
partner.
er
nt
Sentences
1. Exploring space mean to study

2. space to the sake of knowledge
Ce
ish
3. in the largest interest of mankind
4. Exploiting space mean using space
5. for commercial use. There aims
gl
6. are quite difference. The former one

En
7. is to enhance knowledge but to satisfy

8. curiosity while the later is
9. to making money
E
10. It is truth that his parents are the most humble to him.
M
Incorrect
mean
to
largest
mean
There
Difference
But
Later
Making

Class XI
Truth
Correct
means
for
larger
means
their
different
and
latter
er
make
nt
true
EDITED
Ce
ish
1. Exploring space means to study
2. space for the sake of knowledge
3. in the larger interest of mankind
gl
4. Exploiting space means using space

En
5. for commercial use. Their aims

6. are quite different. The former one
7. is to enhance knowledge and to satisfy
E
8. curiosity while the latter is

M
9. to make money
10. It is true that his parents are the most humble to him.
___________________________
Unit 7.2
(Formal Email)
Exercise 2.
Write a formal email to your college Principal asking / requesting him to grant

Class XI
permission for an educational visit to University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
To: abcschoolprincipal@gmail.com
cc: ahmedcordinator@yahoo.com
bcc: sanihaincharge@gmail.com
Subject: Request for permission for an educational visit to University of Sindh,
Jamshoro.
Dear Sir,
I am writing this email requesting you to grant permission to our class for an
educational visit to University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
er
I, Ahmed Jawaid, am a student of class XI, section B of your renowned College. I
nt
hereby kindly request you to organize an educational visit for the students of our
class. All my classmates are quite willing to go on an educational tour. We all wish
Ce
to visit University of Sindh, Jamshoro. It is a well-known place and will be a great
learning opportunity for all of us. Since we all will join the university soon after
ish
completing our college education. In this regard, we will be aware of the environment
of the university and we will closely watch the way of delivering the educational
classes by the professors.
gl
I therefore, on behalf of my class, request you kindly grant us permission to visit the
En
university as we may understand the education provided in the university. I look

forward to your careful consideration of this matter.
Yours Sincerely,
E
XYZ.
M
2. A news channel to produce some motivational TV programs on education.
To: abcschoolprincipal@gmail.com
cc: ahmedcordinator@yahoo.com
bcc: sanihaincharge@gmail.com
Subject: Request to produce some motivational TV programs on education
Dear Sir,
I am writing this email requesting you to produce some motivational TV programs on
education.

Class XI
This is the technological era. In this age social media is dominant. Cable network is
the demand of every house. People of all ages watch television in their free time.
It is very sad to say that the TV channels do not produce any motivational programs
on education for the children and the young. Your channel is watched almost all over
the country. The motivational programs are the demand of the day. So the new
educational motivational programs should be on air by your channel.
I, therefore, request you to produce new motivational programs on education as our
children are motivated to give more interest in their education. I hope for your
positive response. Thanks.
Yours Sincerely,
XYX.
er
nt
_________________________
Unit 8.2.
(Informal and Formal Report)
Ce
ish
Exercise 1 (Informal Email)
gl
“Celebration of Independence Day on 14th August at your school.

En
Reported by Mania.
15 August 2022.
E
The Independence Day Celebration was held on Monday,15th August 2022 at

M
Government Degree College Landhi with much grandeur. The celebration day started
at 9:30 a.m. and ended at 2.30 p.m. The day was divided into the following activities
i.e. The Recitation and Naat, the speeches, debates, tableaus, parade, national
songs, National Anthem and distribution of sweets.
The function started with the recitation of the Holy Quran, then Naat. After that
the Principal of our college inaugurated the ceremony in the presence of all the
teachers, students and all other non-teaching staff. Around 2000 students and other
participants attended the celebration. The whole campus was decorated with
festoons and placards. A committee was formed headed by the Principal to celebrate
the program. The day started with the recitation, then the inaugural speech of the

Class XI
principal. After that the Chief Guest delivered a speech.
Then the students started their celebration. Tableaus, speeches and debates were
performed by the students. Each class performed brilliantly. In all segments, the
national heroes were praised and were given tributes. The celebration continued
amidst the clapping and cheerful voices till 2 p.m. everybody enjoyed a lot. At 2 p.m.,
all the students were settled in a row for the national anthem. Before performing the
national anthem, the principal thanked all the participants and promised to hold such
programs in the future. At the end, sweets were distributed among the participants.
However, everybody enjoyed the day and the organizers were highly appreciated.
The function revealed many lessons before the audience.
er
nt
Exercise 2 (Formal Email)
Ce
A Formal Report on the Facilities Provided by the College Administration.
ish
For the attention of: The Principal of the College.
Reported by: Shahid Ali, a first year.
Report Date: 13-12-2022.
gl
En
Abstract
The report has been written to expose the facilities provided by the college
administration. The facilities are divided into…
E
1. Academic (Access to library, computer lab, auditorium, etc.)

M
2. Health and hygiene (clean washroom, availability of water, proper food at

college canteen, etc.)
3. Co-curricular (playground, sports material, gymnasium, etc.)
The facts are collected by research.
I found the above materials in the college provided by the management. Some things
are remaining and needed to be completed.
Table of Contents
Introduction. Page 1
Body. Page 1
Conclusion. Page 1

Class XI
Introduction
The report is about the facilities provided by our administration to our college.
Previously there was lack of material in the college, now the administration has tried
to provide the needed facilities. It was the need of time.
BodyAdministration has completed the academic requirements of the college. A library,
a computer lab and auditorium are sanctioned. Now our students and teacher can
easily read the books and can easily access the global community by net.
Health facilities have also been provided. Each class room has a separate Durbin
and filtered water machines are fitted. Additionally, cleanliness is promoted.
For co-curricular activities a playground for cricket and football is provided.
er
Conclusion
nt
The above facilities provided by the administration are much appreciated. Such
steps must be continued. Hope for a better and positive response in the future too.
Yours truly
Ce Xyz.
ish
______________________________
gl
Unit 9.2
En
(Resume and Covering Letter)
Exercise 1 (Resume)
E
Exercise 2 (Covering Letter)

M
Room#5, B-Block,
Examination Hall,
Landhi # 4, Karachi.
Mr. Junaid,
Director of Human Resources,
Beacon House College System,
142 Jam Street,

Class XI
Karachi.
Dear Mr. Junaid,
At present, I am working as a Subject Specialist at Ahmed Dawood School. I am
writing in response to an advertisement which was published in Daily Dawn dated
07-12-2022. It is in the advertisement that the position of English Lecturer is lying
vacant in your college. I am confident that my academic background and curriculum
development skills would be successfully utilized in this teaching position.
I have done my Master degree in English Literature from University of Sindh. I have
experienced in teaching and have worked at different schools and colleges for the
last 13 years. I was dedicated, punctual, and regular during my working period.
I feel that I am the most suitable candidate for this job because of my ambition to
er
make a change. I am confident that as a teacher in your school system, I can create
nt
a productive learning environment that is student centered. I welcome the
opportunity to discuss with you in person my ideas and qualifications. Please
Ce
contact me at any time you should you wish to arrange a meeting/interview. Thank
you for your consideration.
ish
Sincerely,
UmmeAiman.
Enclosure.
gl
___________________________________
En
10.2. Writing
Proofreading (finishing touch)
E
M
Exercise 1.
Write at least two sentences about each of the following topics in your notebooks.
Then, exchange your notebooks with your classmates to proofread. After you have
completed, exchange your notebook with any of your classmates. Read each other's
work and give feedback. Make changes in your work if needed.
Write what you say about....
1. Getting Education is a process of expediting learning, acquiring knowledge,

values, and virtue. It contributes to the development of better people around the

Class XI
globe. It is more of an enduring method in which people gain information, skills, and
ethics.
2. Your reaction to the food in the college canteen was very odd. Don't think so that
The food was too oily. If you become habitual you will forget to feel odd and you
will react properly.
3. Elders must be respected because they are near to death. We should let them
depart peacefully. They are not in condition to bear the tension so we should try to
deal them happily and respectfully.
er
4. Early to bed, early to rise, makes man healthy, wealthy and wise because sound
nt
Sleeping makes a person fresh and active. One should sleep early as they can
complete the required sleep. One should also wake up early in order to see the nature
in its pure form.
Ce
ish
5. Never, never, never give up because at the end of struggle lies success. We should
work till the last sigh of our life. In such a way, we will achieve success in our life.
gl
Exercise 2.
En
Work individually and proofread the following letter by following the key tips
provided above. After you have completed, compare your proofreading work with
E
your partner.
M
with the invention of the personal computer and the Internet, a new age in
communication begins. now people could communicate fastest and more easily
than ever before. Writing. editing, and storing information became quick and easy. It
was no longest necessary to write draft after draft when changes could be made so
easily using a word Processor program. Messages, could now be sent in no time to
anywhere in the world, without addressing envelopes or licking stamps.
Century most early, around the year 1450 a similar revolution in communications had
occurred in Germany. This happened when Johannes Gutenberg invented the
printing press. Gutenberg was not the first person to use printing to copy a peace of
writing, printing was already being invented in China, where they used clay to print

Class XI
oriental characters. Small items, such as posters and flyers, were already being
printed in Europe too, using the woodblock method of printing. Books and other
largest works, however, were still being copied by hand. At this time, books were
usually produced only in latin, and only the most educated people read
them. Gutenbergs' printing press was about to change all of this.
Solved
With the invention of the personal computer and the Internet, a new age in
communications began. Now people could communicate faster and more easily than
er
ever before. Writing, editing, and storing information became quick and easy. It was
no longest necessary to write draft after draft when changes could be made so easily
nt
using a word processor program. Messages, could now be sent in no time to
Ce
anywhere in the world, without addressing envelopes or licking stamps.
Centuries most early, around the year 1450, a similar revolution in communications
ish
had occurred in Germany. This happened when Johannes Gutenberg invented the
printing press. Gutenberg was not the first person to use printing to copy a piece of
gl
writing. Printing was already being invented in China, where they used clay to print
oriental characters. Small items such as posters and flyers, were already being
En
printed in Europe too, using the woodblock method of printing. Books and other
largest works, however, were still being copied by ha this time, books were usually
E
produced only in Latin, and only the most educated people to

M
them. Gutenberg's printing press was about to change all of this.
_____________________________
Unit 1.3 to Unit 10.3

(They All are Oral Communication)

Class XI
SECTION-B: POETRY
Introduction: Elements of Poetry

1. The Character of a Happy Life
2. Don't Quit
3. Ozymandias
4. Good Timber
5. Lucy Gray
6. The Abbot of Canterbury
er
7. Surr Kahori
nt
Ce
Introduction: Elements of Poetry
ish
Poetry:
"Expression of feelings and ideas in an imaginative style with distinctive
rhythm, rhyme, and meter."
gl
ELEMENTS OF POETRY
En
1. Line
2. Foot
3. Meter
E
4. Stanza
M
5. Rhyme
6. Rhyming pattern
7. Free verse
FORMS AND GENRES OF POETRY
1. Lyric
2. Sonnet
3. Elegy
4. Ode
5. Ballad
6. Epic
POETIC DEVICES AND FIGURES OF SPEECH

Class XI
1. Simile
2. Metaphor
3. Personification
4. Hyperbole
5. Alliteration
6. Onomatopoeia
7. Oxymoron
8. Irony
9. Symbol
10. Imagery
er
Exercise 1
nt
Answer the following questions. Write down your answers in your
notebook, and share it with your class fellows once you have
completed.
Ce
ish
1. What is meant by rhyme in poetry?
Ans. 'The same sound at the end of poetic lines' is meant rhyme in
poetry.
gl
En
2. What is meter in poetry?

Ans. Meter functions as a means of imposing a specific number of
syllables in a line of poetry.
E
M
3. What are different kinds of stanza?

Ans. Stanza is the division of a poem in a certain number of lines
having the same meter, rhyme, and a unifying idea or image. Stanza is
of the following kinds.
1. A couplet (two lines stanza)
2. A Tercet (three lines stanza)
3. Quatrain (four lines stanza)
4. Quaintain (five lines stanza)
5. Sestet (six lines stanza)
6. Octave (eight lines stanza)

Class XI
4. What is a sonnet?
Ans. The word Sonnet means a little song. Sonnet is a 14 line lyrical
poem divided into two stanzas: an octave and sestet. The sonnet's
three main types are Italian, English and Spenserian.
5. What is the function of poetic devices?

Ans. The main function of the poetic devices to enhance the meaning
or mood of the poem.
Exercise 2.
er
Q1. What type of poem is it? Explain and justify your answer?
nt
Ans. "The Sonnet Composed Upon the Westminster Bridge" is a
natural poet. It reveals the morning nature of London. Wordsworth
Ce
was the poet of nature. He depicts the natural beauty of the
commercial city early in the morning, when there is everyone in deep
ish
sleep. He stands on the bridge above the river Thames. From the
bridge, he emphasizes the pure nature free from pollution of smoke
from ships, mills and other buildings.
gl
En
Q2. How many stanzas are there in the poem and what are they called?
Ans. There are two stanzas in the poem. They are called Octave (first
eight lines) and Sestet (second six lines). Because the poem is a
E
sonnet.
M
Q3. Write down the rhyming scheme of the poem?

Ans. The first eight lines rhyming scheme is: ABBA, ACCA. And the
The next six lines rhyming scheme is: ABABAB.
Exercise 3.
Work individually, read the elements of poetry and find out which of
The following statements are correct and incorrect. For correct
statements put a tick (✓) and for incorrect ones, put a cross (X). After
completing, compare your answers with your partner.

Class XI
No. Statements. Correct/incorrect.
1. Two lines which rhyme at the end are called a couplet. (Correct ✓)
2. There is no convenient way of setting out a pattern of rhymes. (incorrect X)
3. Imagery is the use of figurative language to represent objects,
actions, and ideas. (incorrect X)
4. Usually a sonnet consists of 14 lines having a certain rhyming scheme. (Correct ✓)
5. Ballad is expressed for sorrow, grief or death. (Incorrect X)
6. A metaphor states explicitly that one thing is like another. (Correct✓)
Exercise 4
er
Work in pairs. Read the following examples of various figures of speech
nt
and write the name of corresponding figures of speech against each.
Once you have completed, share it with your partner.
Examples Figures of Speech

Ce
ish
1. To enter in the thoughts of desperate men. (Personification)
2. They speak like saints and act like devils. (Simile)
3. How could he be a king, a soldier and a peon? (Anti Climax)
gl
4. How high, his highness holds his haughty head. (Alliteration)

En
5. What avail me, all my Kingdoms? (Hyperbole)

6. Hasten slowly. (Oxymoron)
7. Not that I loved Caesar less, but that I loved Rome more. (Antithesis)
E
8. Life is a dream. (Metaphor)

M
9. She was as proud as a peacock. (Simile)

10. More haste, less speed. (Paradox)
Exercise 5
Work individually. Read the following sentences and convert them as
directed in the brackets against each. You can add new words in these
sentences while converting these. Share your work with your class
fellows once you have completed.
1) He is as sober as a judge. (Simile)

2) She was a tower of strength in their trouble. (Metaphor)

Class XI
3) Necessity knows no law. (personification)

4) He is the wisest fool of them all.(Oxymoron)
5) The professor's ideas are as old as the hills. (Hyperbole)
6) The fire station burned down last night. (Irony)
Exercise 6
Most of the figures of speech are very common in our daily use. Work
in pairs and collect as many other common examples of above
mentioned figures of speech in Exercise 4. Once you have done, display
them in front of the class by writing on the charts
er
________________________________
nt
Poem 1 "The Character of a Happy Life."
Exercise 1.
Ce
ish
Column A has words from the poem, underline these words in the
poem. Column B has the contextual meanings of these words, but they
gl
are jumbled up. Work in pairs. Try and match the appropriate meaning
En
of each word, and write your answer in Column C. Share your work with
your partner after you have completed.
E
Words. Meanings
M
1. Passions. strong emotions (1h)

2. Armor. A metallic covering to protect from attack. (2d)
3. Rumors. Unverified or doubtful information. (3a)
4. Conscience. Moral sense of right and wrong. (4e)
5. Retreat. Move back. (5b)
6. Servile bands. Slavish bonds (6g)
7. Envy. Jealous (7c)
8. Ruin. destruction (8f)
Exercise 2.
Work in pairs and read the above poem again. Comprehend it

Class XI
thoroughly and paraphrase it in simple words. After you have

completed, share it with your partner. The stanza-1 is paraphrased for
you as an example.
Stanza 1.
In the first stanza of the poem 'The Character Of A Happy Life ' Sir
Henry Wotton says that a happy man does not rely on others. He does
not work according to others' will. He is neither a slave nor needs any
weapon to protect himself. His honesty is his only weapon. He believes
in simple truth of life. This simple truth is his reliable skill.
Stanza 2.
er
In the second stanza of the poem 'The Character Of A Happy Life ' Sir
nt
Henry Wotton says that how a happy man should regard his passions.
They shouldn’t be his masters. He should be the master of his passions
Ce
or emotions. He should Control the passionate life. Further he says that
a truly happy man does not aspire for the love of the worldly fame. He
ish
also does not care for the criticism against him in his absence. He
always remains ready for the imminent death.
Stanza 3.
gl
In the third stanza of the poem 'The Character Of A Happy Life ' Sir
En
Henry Wotton says that a happy man is neither jealous of those who
are bestowed success by chance, nor does he envy those who achieve
success by adopting unfair or wicked means. He is happy with what
E
does he has.He knows that false praise always brings deep wounds that
M
are verydifficult to heal. So he never be happy with any praise. Moreover,

he follows the rules goodness and does adopt the rules of Politics in his
life.
Stanza 4.
In the fourth stanza of the poem 'The Character of a Happy Life ' Sir
Henry Wotton says that a happy man is free from rumors. He neither
tries to come into contact with those who spread the rumors nor
influenced by them. He always listen to the voice of conscience and is
guided by it. He possesses a well-balanced mind. Neither flattery nor
the fear of ruin can change the state of his mind. He remains firm in
every situation of life.

Class XI
Stanza 5.
In the fifth stanza of the poem 'The Character of a Happy Life ' Sir Henry
Wotton says that a happy man always prays to God every day early in
the morning and late in the evening in order to lead a happy life. Hedoes so to obtain
the grace of God rather to worldly fame. He enjoys
free time by reading the holy books and giving time to his friends. He
avoids to harm or to backbite in his free time.
Stanza 6.
In the sixth and last stanza of the poem 'The Character of a Happy Life '
Sir Henry Wotton says that a happy man lives a life free of slavery. He is
independent in his thought and action. He is free from all kinds of
er
hopes and fears. He does not feel overjoyed by his achievement, no
nt
does he get hurt by failure. He possess a self-controlled life. Though he
does not have any property, even he enjoys the life of a king because
Ce
he is the emperor of his own life. So he does not have any material
property but he is rich in spiritualism.
ish
Exercise 3.
gl
Read the poem again and encircle the right option.

En
1. The strong retreat for a happy man is his_________.

a. Heart
b. Though
E
c. Mind
M
d. Conscience ✓
2. According to the poet, a happy man cares much about_________.
a. Worldly needs
b. Material uplift
c. Character ✓
d. Finance
3. A happy man's armor is his_________ thought.
a. Clever
b. Honest ✓
c. Deep

Class XI
d. Lofty
4. A happy man's days are___________.
a. Joyful
b. Carefree
c. Harmless ✓
d. Playful
5.__________is the utmost skill of an honest man.
a. Truth ✓
b. Honesty
c. Simplicity
d. Wisdom.
er
6. A happy man does not serve another's___________.
nt
a. Order
b. Direction
c. Wish
d. Will ✓
Ce
ish
7. A happy man's soul is always prepared for _______.
a. Exams
b. Fight
gl
c. Quarrel
En
d. Death ✓
8. According to the poet, the deepest wounds are always given by_________.
a. Back-biting
E
b. Praise ✓
M
c. Trust
d. Friendship
Exercise 4.
Work is pairs and pick out the line(s) from 'The Character of a Happy
Life' in which the poet has identified each of the following
characteristics of a happy men. Write their corresponding character
against each quality in the tabe given below. Once you have completed,
compare you work with your partner.

Class XI
Characteristics line(s)
1. That serveth not another's will
2. Whose armor is his honest thought.
3. Simple truth is his utmost skill
4. Whose passions not his masters are.
5. Untied unto the world by care of public fame, or private breath.
6. Who envies none that chance doth raise, nor vice:
7. This man is freed from servile bands Of hope to rise, or fear to fall.
8. Who God doth late or early pray More of His grace than gifts to lend.
Qualities.
er
1. Independence
nt
2. Honesty
3. Truthfulness
4. Ambition
5. Self-control
Ce
ish
6. Envy
7. No greed
8. Piety
gl
En
Exercise 5
Read the poem again and answer the lowing questions.
E
1. What does the poet mean when he says that happy man does not
M
serve another's will?

Ans: A Happy man does not serve another's will. Here the poet means
that a happy man always listens to his heart. He does not act upon the
directions given to him by others. He never listens to other while
deciding the cases of his life. He is the king of his life.
2. Explain briefly, how Sir Henry Wotton's happy man is 'having not yet
has all'?
Ans. The poet wants to say that the happy man is free from all kinds
of the worldly restraints. He is contended within his means. He is the

Class XI
master of his will. He has a spiritual power. He has no wealth, land

and property, but he has a constant conscience that keeps him happy
in condition of life.
3. What a happy man is taught from his very birth?

Ans. 'Don't follow another's will' is taught to a happy man from his
very birth.
4. Write the central idea of the poem 'The Character of a Happy Life'.
Ans. The poem "The Character Of A Happy Life" gives us an idea that a
happy life is obtained by establishing a character with good qualities
er
of a peaceful life. A person who always speaks the truth, thinks and
nt
acts in a free manner and does not care about worldly temptations;
but remains thankful, humble and patient within his/her life: truly
represents the character of a happy life.
Ce
ish
5. Write the rhyming scheme of the poem.
Ans. The rhyming scheme of the poem is.
abab, cdcd and so on (similar things or etc)
gl
En
6. What are the sources of happiness other than those mentioned in

the poem?
Ans. Other sources of happiness are keep your parents happy. To
E
offer pray deeply.

M
Exercise 6.
Work individually and identify the poetic devices in the poem. Make a
list of and use them in your sentences. Share your work with your class
follows after you have completed.
Ans. The poetic devices used in the poem are given below.
1.AlliterationRepetition of same sound words. 'flatters feed, fear
and fall)
2. Repetition (some words are repeated in a line. 'rules'

Class XI
3. Anaphora (repetition of words but having distances. 'whose')
Exercise 7.
Work in pairs and give a critical appreciation of the poem based on the
following aspects. After you have written, compare your work with your
partner.
1. Poetic Diction.
2. Theme.
er
There are two prominent themes in the poem i.e. Freedom and
Morality.
nt
Freedom:
Ce
He sees freedom – from other’s control, of thought, from emotions,
from other’s opinions.
ish
Morality:
He believes that people should strive towards the truth and honesty.The other themes
gl
of the poem can also be: happiness, joy, simplicity,

and religion.
En
3. Structure.
E
The Character of a Happy Life’ by Sir Henry Wotton is a six stanza

poem that is divided into sets of four lines, known as quatrains. These
M
quatrains follow a simple rhyme scheme of ABAB CDCD, and so on. He

also uses the poetic devices as repetition, alliteration and anaphora.
4. Message.
The Character of a Happy Life' is a simple, straightforward poem in
which Sir Henry Wotton sets out the principles of a good life and what
a man should avoid at all costs. The poem addresses themes of
happiness, joy, simplicity, and religion.
Exercise 8.
Work in groups of three. Compose your own poem on the theme of

Class XI
happiness using elements of poetry based on three stanzas. Each

member of the group should compose one stanza. After your group
has composed the poem, exchange it with other groups.
(Self Work)
Exercise 9.
Work individually and explain the following stanzas. Wrote down your
work in the note book and share it with your class fellows after you
have completed.
er
Stanza 1. Explanation
nt
The poet says that a happy man is the one who is independent in his
thinking and action. He is not a slave of other man. He does not act as
Ce
other wants him to. He is honest in his conduct and deal with someone
ever.
ish
Honesty is the only weapon with which a happy man protect himself.
gl
He is truthful and lives a happy and honorable life. Truthfulness is his

greatest quality for which he is honored.
En
Due to such qualities he leads a happy life free from any kinds of negativity.
E
Stanza 2. Explanation.
M
the poet says that the man who is not affected by his passion is a happy
man. He is not moved by a strong desire such as anger and hatred and
love. He has a balanced temper.
His sound is not filled by death. A truly happy man does not aspire for the
love of a prince nor does he care for the criticism of the common man.
In other words, he does not care for the worldly pleasures of our sorrows.
Nothing affects his goal of life. Such qualities help him lead a happy life forever.

Class XI
The poet says that a happy man is never jealous of those who have
risen to eminence by sheer chance and not by their merit or hard work.
Nor does he envy those who achieve success by adopting unfair or
wicked means.
A happy man is free from bad habits. The world is full of

deceitful people, who praise in our face and stab us in the back.
He knows that false praise always brings deep wounds that are very
difficult to heal. Moreover, he does not carry for the so-called rules
formed by the autocratic government which are not in the interest of
er
the people.
nt
A happy man observes the rules that are based on goodness and righteousness
and promote the well-being of mankind.
Ce
ish
The poet says that a happy man is free from rumours. Neither he
believes in them nor is he influenced by them. He always listen to the
gl
voice of his conscience and is guided by it.

En
He possesses a well-balanced mind that is free from worldly anxieties

and worries. He is very careful about flatters. He is not influenced by
E
false praise and flattery does not feel him with pride.
M
Even cruel and unjust people cannot cause him any harm because he
does not believe in them. Such a man is, does, always a happy man.
Stanza 5.Explanation
The poet says that in order to lead a happy life, a man should pray to
God everyday in the morning as well as in the evening.
He should do so not to seek worldly things about to obtain God’s

blessings and mercy. He should not harm anybody, at any time in the
whole day.

Class XI
Instead, he should indulge in entertaining himself for bypassing his time

in reading good books or in the company of good friend such a man can
lead a happy life.
Explanation:
In this stanza, the poet says that in order to lead a happy life, a man
should be free from the chance of slavery. He should be independent in
his thought and action.
A happy man is free from all kinds of hopes and fears.
er
nt
He does not feeloverjoyed by his achievement, nor does he get disheartened by failure.
He will possess self-control, though, he does not have any property in
Ce
his position. He may not be the master of wealth or land, but he is
always self-contented. Though he may be poor, he has self-respect and
ish
freedom.
gl
En
___________________________
E
M
"Poem.2 DON'T QUIT"
Pre Readings
1. Read about the following famous personalities who turned their

failures into success.
Ans: Abraham Lincoln, Albert Einstein and J.K. Rowling.
2. What comes to your mind after reading them?

Ans: After reading them it comes to my mind that come what may

Class XI
happen one should not quit...
Exercise 1.
Column A has words from the poem; underline these words in the poem.
Column B has the contextual meanings of these words, but they are
jumbled up. Work in pairs. Try and match the appropriate meaning of
each word, and write your answer in Column C. Share your work with
NO. Words. Meanings
er
1. trudge. to walk slowly
nt
2. quit. to stop
3. queer. strange
4.
5.
Pace.
twist.
speed
An unexpected change
Ce
ish
6. Stuck. caught
7. tint. shade
gl
8. sigh. a long deep breath.

En
Exercise 2
E

M
1. The figure of speech in "The silver tint of the cloud of doubt" is_________.
a. personification ✓
b. metaphor
c. onomatopoeia
d. simile
2. 'When things seem worst', we should________.
a. run away
b. take some other way ✓
c. stop moving ahead
d. stick to them.

Class XI
3. "You might succeed with another blow", means you________.

a. give the blow
b. receive the blow
c. continue struggle ✓
d. withdraw the struggle
4. The struggler learns too late that he_________.
a. was unable to struggle
b. was close to his victory ✓
c. should have taken rest
d. should have quit
5. The moral of the poem is that we should___________.
er
a. face challenges of life ✓
nt
b. enjoy success
c. run away from the hardships of life
d. only think positively
6. 'So stick to the fight when you're_________.
Ce
ish
a. hardest hit ✓
b. betrayed
c. unhappy
gl
d. unlucky
En
7. The phrase 'golden crown' means____________.

a. wealth
b. power
E
c. victory ✓
M
d. throne
8. In the first stanza of the poem, the word 'sigh' symbolizes_________.
a. happiness
b. regret ✓
c. courage
d. pain
Exercise 3
Work in pairs and read the above poem again. Comprehend thoroughly

Class XI
and paraphrase it in simple words. After you have completed, share it

with your partner.
Stanza 1
In the first stanza of the poem "Don't Quit' Edgar A Guest says that a
man should not give up what may happen. He should continue
his struggle to achieve success. If his debts are higher than his funds. If
he wants to smile but he can't. If his way to the destination is hard. He
must take a break for sometime, but shouldn't stop his efforts...
Stanza 2
In the second stanza of the poem "Don't Quit", the poet Edgar A
Guest says that life is full of ups and downs. It teaches us that after
er
failure comes the utmost success. So one should not leave his
nt
struggle, if sometimes, speed is slow. At last he will achieve the
success in life.
Stanza 3
Ce
In the third stanza of the poem "Don't Quit", the poet Edgar A Guest
ish
says that a man's goal is closer but he does not know due to his
changing mind. A failure person often leaves his struggle when the
victory is close him, because he is not determined. So one should
gl
never give up in his life till the last breath.

En
Stanza 4
In the fourth and last stanza of the poem "Don't Quit", the poet Edgar
E
A Guest talks about success. Success is inside the failure. Of one fails,
M
one should not worry about because success comes after failure. One
should continue his efforts ultimately he will achieve success.
Exercise 4
Read the poem again and answer the following questions.
1. What is the poet's message in the first stanza?

Ans. The poet's message in the first stanza is that a man should not
worried about his condition. Whatever tension he does have he
should not take his steps back. He should set out his plan and should

Class XI
continue his efforts to achieve his target till the last breath of his life.
2. Which lines of the poem do you like the most and why?
Ans.
Life is queer with its twists and turns,
As everyone of us sometimes learns,
I like the above lines of the poem most because they are based on the
realities of life. Our life is full of ups and downs and we learn a lot
while going through them.
er
4. Find similes, metaphors and alliterations in the poem.
nt
Ans.
Similes:
"When things go wrong, as they sometimes will."
Ce
ish
Metaphor:
'Success is failure turned inside out.'
The silver tint of clouds of doubt.
gl
En
Alliteration:
"Life is queer with its twists and turns”
E
5. Discuss how the poem helps the reader to be optimistic in every

M
situation.
Ans. The poem helps the reader to be optimist in every situation of
life. Repeatedly, it bounds the them to continue their struggles. Come
what may happen they should not give up in their efforts. To face the
challenges of life positively is the main purpose of the poem.
6. What effect does the poem create on the reader?

Ans. The poem creates a positive effect on the reader. It teaches that
in every situation of life a man should be optimist.
7. What is the message of the poem?

Class XI
Ans. The message of the poem is that one should be determined,

persevered, optimist, and should have a will power. He/she should
not give up while time goes
against him/her. He/she should wait but never should quit. At last,
he/she will achieve utmost success.
8. Why does the poet term life 'queer with twists and turns'?
Ans. The poet terms life 'queer with twists and turns' in order to tell
us that the life is full of ups and downs. So we should not be worried
while downs or ups come in our life.
er
9. What is the benefit of not quitting as suggested in the poem?
nt
Ans. The benefit of not quitting as suggested in the poem is utmost
success. If one does not quit come what may happen, one will
definitely reach its destination.
Ce
ish
Exercise 5
gl
list of them and use them in your sentences. Share your work with your
class fellows after you have completed.
En
Ans. The following Poetic devices are used in the poem

1. Antithesis
E
Example
M
When the funds are low and the debts are high.
2. Anaphora
Example
When things go wrong, as they sometimes will, When the road you’re
trudging seems all uphill, When the funds are low and the debts are
high
3. Alliteration :
Example.
"Life is queer with its twists and turns".
4. Simile:

Class XI
Example
“When things go wrong as they sometimes will”.
5. Personification.
Example.
"The silver tint of the clouds of doubt"
6. Metaphor.
Example.
"Success is failure turned inside out
The silver tint of the clouds of doubt"
Exercise. 6
er
nt
following aspects. Compare your work with your partner.
1. Poetic Diction Ce
In the poem the familiar words are used. The vocabulary is simple but
ish
figurative. So many figurative devices are used. The poet enjoys while
using the concerned diction in the poem.
gl
2. Theme
The theme of this poem is perseverance. No matter what one is
En
dealing with within one's life, it is important to be determined,

confident, and try not to quit, no matter what the outcome seems to
be.
E
3. Structure
M
‘Don’t Quit’ by Edgar Albert Guest is a four-stanza poem. Each stanza

has six lines. It is thoroughly divided into twenty four verses. A perfect
rhyming scheme is also used... The rhyming scheme is AABBCC and so
on.
4. Language
The poet has used figurative language in the poem "Don't Quit."
Multiples figures are used to beautiful the poem. The difficult words
are not used but the words which are used have hidden meanings. All
in all, the language is understandable.
5. Message

Class XI
The message of the poem is that one should be determined,

persevered, optimist, and should have a will power. He/she should
not give up while time goes against him/her. He/she should wait but never should quit.
At last, he/she will achieve an utmost success.
Exercise 7
Work individually and explain the following stanzas. Write down your
work in the notebook and share it with your class fellows.
Stanzas:-
er
(1).
nt
When things go wrong ..... but don't you quit
Ce
In the first stanza of the poem, the reader should
immediately take note of the poet’s use of anaphora. This
ish
occurs when the writer repeats the same word or phrase
at the beginning of multiple lines. In this case, four of the
gl
five lines of the first stanza begin with the word “when."
These lines set up a series of instances in which readers
En
are going to have to persevere through the hardest

moments in their lives. For example, the poet says that
when “the funds are low, and the deaths are high” or
E
when “the road you’re trudging seems all uphill,” it is

M
important to rest “if you must, but don’t you quit.”

The main theme of the poem is revealed in the fifth line
of the stanza. Readers should walk away from the poem
after they finish all four stanzas with newfound strength
and determination to persevere through any hardship
they might have to deal with.
(2).
Life is queer .... with another blow

Class XI
In the second stanza, the speaker emphasizes how complicated life is. It
is not going to play out the way that one expects. The speaker describesa
“fellow” who turns away from hardship rather than persevering. This
person would’ve “won” if he had “stuck it out.” The speaker uses this
very vague example as a way to inspire readers to persevere, no matter
if the issue they’re dealing with seems impossible. In combination with
descriptions of perseverance, the speaker uses endurance-based
images that compare working hard to get through a tough time to
running at a consistent speed, or “pace.”
The second stanza ends with the speaker saying that often, the end is
closer than it seems, especially when one is “faint and faltering” (a
er
great example of alliteration and imagery)
nt
(3).
Ce
Often the goal ...... to the golden crown.
ish
The third stanza is the shortest of the three. It returns to the same
images that the poet used in the previous two stanzas, asking readers
to remember how important it is to continue working hard no matter
gl
how negative the situation is. Just like the “fellow” in the previous
En
stanza, here, the speaker refers to a “struggler” who would’ve captured

the “victors cup” if he had not given up. The speaker also
uses metaphors like “the golden crown” to refer to success in the
E
broadest of terms. This could be a financial success, success in a

M
relationship, a difficult family matter, or any other issue that one has to
deal with.
(4).
Success is failure...... that you mustn't quit.
In the final stanza, the speaker says that “success is failure turned
inside out.” Here, the speaker is trying to emphasize the fact that in
failure or in struggle, success is always there. One has to see the “silver
tint of the clouds of doubt” and know that happiness and success are

Class XI
close by. It’s when things seem the hardest that one “must not quit.”The poem ends
with the same few words that the first stanza used in its
final line. This helps create a unified feeling and reminds readers of the
central theme that they were introduced to at the beginning of the
poem.
Exercise 8
Work in groups of three. Compose your own poem on the the theme of
'Don't Give Up', using elements of poetry based on three stanzas. Each
member of the group should compose 1 stanza. After your group
composed the poem, exchange it with other groups.
er
(Self Work)
nt
Ce
__________________________________
ish
"Poem 3. OZYMANDIAS"
gl
Pre Reading.
En
1. Read the following quote and guess the theme of the poem.
E
"Graveyard are full of the people who thought themselves

M
indispensable".
Ans. I think the theme of the poem would be definitely about the
mortality of all things in the world. In the graveyards you will find the
graves of those people too who thought themselves as the lord of the
world.
Exercise 1.
Column A has words from the poem; underline these words in the
poem. Column B has the contextual meanings of these words, but theyare jumbled up. Work
in pairs. Try and match the appropriate meaning

Class XI
No. Words. Meanings.

1. frown. a displeasing or concentrating face (d)
2. visage. a human or animal face (g)
3. sculptor. an artist who makes sculpture (b)
4. mock. make fun of (e)
5. pedestal. the base of sculpture (f)
6. colossal. huge (c)
7. remains. the parts left over (a)
er
nt
Exercise 2.
Read the poem again and encircle the correct option.
Ce
1. 'Ozymandias' is a poem depicting that life is___________.
ish
a. beautiful
b. transient ✓
c. attractive
gl
d. alluring.
En
2. The poet met a traveler from_____________.

a. an ancient land ✓
b. aboard
E
c. a neighboring country
M
d. a desert
3. The traveler told the poet that he had seen_____________ in the desert.
a. a statue ✓
b. a sculptor
c. an oasis
d. a snake.
4. The words on the base of statue tell us that the king Ozymendias was
a __________ king.
a. kind
b. humble
c. proud ✓

Class XI
d. cruel.
5. The message of the poem for all powerful authority and glory is___________.
a. 'sands stretch far away'
b. 'frowned and wrinkled lips'
c. 'nothing remains' ✓
d. 'stamped on these lifeless things.'
6. In the poem 'Ozymandias', the condition of the statue is____________.
a. good
b. bad ✓
c. excellent
d. marvelous
er
7. 'My name is Ozymandias-king of kings', is______________literary device.
nt
a. Simile.
b. irony ✓
c. personification.
d. metaphor
Ce
ish
8. One of the following lines does NOT make use of alliteration in the
poem.
a. The lone and level sands stretch far away.
gl
b. I met a traveler from an antique land.

En
c. Nothing beside remains. Round the decay.

d. Half sunk, a shattered visage lies, whose frown ✓
E
Exercise 3
M
Work in pairs and read the above poem again. Comprehend it

completed, share it with your partner.
Ans. In the first eight lines (octave) of the sonnet Ozymandias, the
poet PB Shelley tells a story of a statue of Ozymandias, told to him by
a traveler from an ancient land. He told that he saw two vast fitted
legs on the pedestal in a desert. There was also a shattered head
beside the legs. The sculptor had nicely figured the characteristics of
proud, sneer and frown on the face of the statue. These expressions

Class XI
remain forever, when the real king would return never ever.
In the next six lines (sestet) the poet tells about the ironical words
written on the pedestal. "My name is Ozymandias, the King of Kings".
The poet further says that nothing is permanent. All his work, his
power and every other thing connected to him have passed away.
Nothing is remained except the sculptor's statue in bad condition.
Simply at the end, the poet focuses on the transiency.
Exercise 4
er
1. What did the traveler see in the desert and whom did he tell about it?
nt
Ans. The traveler is a broken and shattered statue in the desert. He told
to the poet (PB Shelley).
Ce
2. How can you say that the sculptor was a great artist?
ish
Ans. It can be said that sculptor of the statue of Ozymandias was
really a great artist. He figured out the humanistic characteristics on
gl
the face of the head of the king, in a way, that anyone can easily guess
What type of king was.
En
3. What was written on the pedestal of the statue of Ozymandias?

Ans. "My name is Ozymandias, the King of Kings" was written on the
E
pedestal of the statue of Ozymandias.

M
4. What is the meaning of the phrase in the poem "the heart that fed"?
Ans. "The heart that fed” here means the heart of king Ozymandias
which gave birth to those passions as were mocked, reproduced or
copied by the sculptor on the stone.
5. What is ironic about the fate of Ozymandias?

Ans. The condition of the statue and the inscription on the pedestal
are ironical. The statue was completely shattered. Only two vast legs
stood on the pedestal and the head was lying in the sand. Whereas

Class XI
the inscription said 'look upon my work ye Mighty and despair' and
'King of kings'.
6. What is the message of the poem?

Ans. The message in the poem is that everything here in the world is
temporary. No matter how powerful a person is. He or she will surely
leave this world. PB Shelley wants to give the philosophy of
transience through this poem.
7. How does this poem relate to your life?

Ans. This poem is about the mortality of the world. Everyone has to
er
die in the world. It is related in this sense that we will also die one
nt
day. So we should do as much good work as we can do.
Ce
8. The proud Ozymandias lie forgotten in the desert. Comment.
Ans. The Ozymandias was a powerful king in the ancient history of the
ish
world. He called himself the king of Kings. He never thought that he
would be vanished. But it was his illusion. He died and is forgotten
now forever. No one mentions his name these days. All in this
gl
The world is changing. One will be superseded by another. So never be

En
proud.
Exercise. 5
E
M
following aspects. Compare your work with your partner after you have
done it.
1. Poetic Diction.
Diction means choice of words. The diction in Ozymandias is lofty,
slightly unusual, and it paints vivid pictures.
By "lofty," means the author often chooses longer words that would
be familiar to an educated person. For example, the author uses
"antique" instead of "ancient," "visage" instead of "face," and
"colossal" instead of "huge." This is formal, classroom diction, not the

Class XI
diction of the home or street.

Sometimes these slightly odd word choices help the rhythm or rhyme
of the poem. For example, "Nothing beside remains" is used in order
to maintain the syllables."
"Stone in a desert does not really decay, but "Round the decay"
rhymes with "far away" later, and matches it thematically as well.
Finally, sometimes the author's diction allows him to paint a vivid
picture more quickly than with more ordinary words.
2. Theme.
Death and mortality: no human is powerful enough to escape death.
er
Power: The speaker explores different types of power in the poem.
nt
Shelley’s own radical political beliefs led him to reflect on the
transient (short lived/ temporary) nature of power.3. Structure
Ce
Ans. The poem is a sonnet and is written in iambic
pentameter. It's sonnet structure is unconventional and has features
ish
of the Petrarchan and Shakespearean sonnet. It is partly a Petrarchan
sonnet as it has an octave (8 lines) followed by a sestet (6 lines). There
is a turning point/volta at line 9 (similar to a Petrarchan sonnet) 'And
gl
on the pedestal these words appear'. Sometime, the poet also misses
En
the rhyming scheme.
4. Language.
E
Oxymoron - 'colossal Wreck - the adjective 'colossal' means 'like a

M
colossus, a larger than life statue, colossi were always meant to be tall
and majestic structures that commanded awe from the people who
looked upon them. The fact that this one is broken with the pieces
turned on their sides and "half sunk(en) into the sand undermines its
once impressive power.
Extended metaphor - the fallen statue of Ozymandias that is sinking

back into the desert stands as an extended metaphor for the way in
which political and personal power fades into history over time - the
desert itself erodes the physical structures of Ozymandias' reign in the
same way in which time erodes his memory. The lone and level sands'

Class XI
use an alliterative visual image to describe the vastness of the desert

and demonstrate that his kingdom has long eroded back into the
sand: "Nothing beside (the statue) remains. The fricative T sounds
emphasize the flat. long stretches of desert that surround the broken
statue.
Symbolism - the poem contains many examples of symbolism, one of

the most prominent being the visual image of the shattered visage,
the broken face of Ozymandias. The adjective 'shattered' here refers
to the face of the sculpture, but it also symbolically extends to represent
the idea of the king himself - his reputation, fame, glory,
er
and power are all lying equally in tatters as the memory of him fades
nt
into nothingness.
Ce
The semantic field of destruction - there is a continual sense of
destruction in the poem through works that evoke erosion and
ish
degradation: 'half sunk, 'shattered visage, 'decay. This has the effect
of suggesting the slow process of decay which eventually destroys all-
powerful entities, interestingly this destruction occurs not because of
gl
other people but instead because of the continual progress of time

En
and natural forces.
5. Message.
E
The message in the poem is that everything here in the world is

M
temporary. No matter how powerful a person is. He or she will surely

leave this world. PB Shelley wants to give the philosophy of
transience through this poem.
Exercise 6
'Every rise has a fall.' Work in pairs and discuss it in the light of the
poem.
Ans. 'Every rise has a fall' is a quote that means no one is permanent
here in the world. Man, either weak or powerful, has to die. The
a powerful position does not persist forever. It has an ending. Come very

Class XI
high you may go you have to come down one day. You will be buried
in the sand of land. So one should not be proud as Ozymandias in the
a poem is shown. He was a powerful king. He thought himself as the
supreme king. He also died and could not save himself. So the
The world is changing. Rise and fall are the parts of these changes.
Exercise 7
Work individually and explain the following lines. Write down your
Stanzas.
er
(1-8)
nt
I met a traveler. ...... and the heart that fed;
Explanation
Ce
These lines have been taken from the poem Ozymandias written by
Percy Bysshe Shelley.
ish
In these lines, the poet tells that he met a traveler from an old and deserted land.
gl
The traveler told him that he saw two big legs standing
in the desert. The two huge legs, which were made of stone, were
En
standing without the upper part of the body. The other part of the
a statue lay nearby. The arms and the face were broken and it was in a
miserable condition. It was half sunk into the sand. The sand and dust
E
covered the body. Yet the signs of displeasure and expressions of

M
ruthlessness and pride could be noticed on the face of the sculpture.

The poet says that the skillful hands of the sculptor had left the
accurate expression of the man into his sculptor.
The expression of aggression, power, and pride was even obvious on the lifeless
body of the King. The poet has tried to explain that immorality has a
permanent impression on our body as well as on our soul. So, it cannot be
erased even if we pass away.
(9-14)

Class XI
And on the pedestal ...... stretch far away.

Explanation
These lines have been taken from the poem Ozymandias written by
Percy Bysshe Shelley.
In these lines, the poet has described what we can call the message of the poem. As the
traveler continues to describe what he saw in the desert, he says that there were some
texts written in the base of the statue. It read as the texts tell that the name of the king
was Ozymandias. He was the most powerful king. He ordered the kings to see his statue
and feel belittled. But the tragedy is that now nothing remains except a lifeless statue of
the king. The huge statue itself tells about the glory of the king. But now this huge and
er
splendid statue has fallen victim to nature.
nt
The broken pieces of the statue are vanishing in the sand. The sand is stretching far
Ce
away and the statue of King Ozymandias is getting a thick layer of sand on it. It cannot
be seen anywhere
ish
gl
Exercise 8
Work in groups of three. Compose your own poem on the theme of 'Don't Give Up', using
En
elements of poetry based on three stanzas. Each member of the group should compose 1
stanza. After your group composed the poem, exchange it with other groups.
E
(Self Work)
M
______________________________
Poem 4. " Good Timber"
Pre Reading.
1. "The stronger the wind, the stronger the tree." Read the line and guess the
theme of the poem.

Class XI
Ans. I think the theme of the poem would be the uses of adversity. As much difficulties
you will face as much stronger you will be, because good qualities always develop in
difficulties.
Exercise 1.
Work in pairs and find out the meaning of the following words by using
dictionary. Read the poem carefully and write the contextual meanings
against each word. After completing Share your work with your
partner.
er
No. Words. meanings
nt
1. timber. wood
2. scrubby. inferior in size or quality
3.
4.
toil.
patriarchs.
hard work Ce
male head of a family
ish
5. counsel. advice
6. scars. marks
gl
Exercise 2.
En

E
1. The poem explains to us that good qualities always develop in__________.

a. hardships ✓
M
b. ease
c. idleness
d. illness
2. "Never became a forest king" means never___________.
a. became a lion
b. acquired a prominent position ✓
c. possessed coverage to fight
d. enjoyed life
3. "But they lived and died as they began" points out towards human beings.
a. courageous

Class XI
b. effortless ✓
c. a wealthy person
d. a successful.
4. In the poem 'Good Timber', the poet discusses themes of________.
a. nature, wealth and defeat
b. power, relationship and hope
c.nature, struggle and fulfillment ✓
d. nature, nurture and chaos.
5. The poem teaches us that the people reach their true potential by
overcoming
a. feelings
er
b. enemies
nt
c. desires
d. adversities ✓
Ce
6. "But lived and died a scrubby thing" means lived a/an
a. unimportant ✓
ish
b. high status
c. useful
d. comfortable.
gl
7. 'By sun and cold, by rain and snow' is

En
life literary device.

a. Metaphor
b. Oxymoron ✓
E
c. Alliteration
M
d. Simile
8. "Broken branches" in last stanza is the example of
a. Simile
b. Metaphor
c. Hyperbole
d. None of them ✓
Exercise 3

Class XI
1. What is the significance of the title of the poem?

Ans. The title of the poem ‘Good Timber’ holds significance with
respect to the message of the poem. The poet has artfully compared
good timber with good people. He believes that it is not easy for both,
timber and people to become good without going through hard times.
It is a bare fact that the more they suffer, the more they become
worthwhile and beneficial for the society.
2. What happens to the people who work hard?

Ans. The people who work hard face many difficulties in life. They
work hard for a better life, but it does not come easily. One has to
er
bear hardships in order to live a perfect and meaningful life. So, when
nt
he starts hard working, the challenges appear one by one in every
step of his life. He faces every challenge that makes his life
meaningful.
Ce
ish
3. How can one achieve one's true potential in life according to the
poem?
Ans. One can achieve his true potential only when he faces hardships,
gl
difficulties and tough times with courage and determination.

En
According to the poet, a man becomes strong when encounters and

overcomes adversity in life. Hardships, unfavourable conditions and
difficult situations polish our abilities and capabilities. A person does
E
not become strong if he gets everything easily without putting in hard

M
work. A person should learn to achieve such qualities from a good

timber.
4. Why does the poet suggest people to be like Good Timber?

Ans. The poet wants to reveal a useful message for his readers. He
compares an ordinary tree to a good timber. An ordinary tree does
not have any prominent position in the forest because it spend it's
time as it came to this world. It neither tries to change the position
nor dares to bear hardships for a better position. On the other hand, a
Good timber remains ready to face hardships of life. It becomes more
perfect when faced with more storms. So the poet suggests the people to be

Class XI
I like being a good timer and facing the difficulties of life. In such way your
the position will be strong and meaningful.
5. Which poetic devices are used in the poem?

Ans. There are several poetic devices used in the poem "Good
Timber". But the most prominent are given below.
1. Metaphor.
2. Personification.
3. Hyperbole.
4. Alliteration.
er
6. Write the central idea of the poem?
nt
Ans. The central idea of the poem ‘Good Timber’ is that in order to
become good and beneficial one has to face hardships and difficulties
Ce
in life. Both timber and man have to overcome adversity with courage
and determination. Struggle is a key to success to live a perfect,
ish
valuable life otherwise both of them die without achieving anything
worthwhile in their life.
gl
7. How does this poem relate to your life?

En
Ans. A man always ignores to face the difficult situation of life. When
a situation comes, he/she turns his face from and starts another work.
Resultantly, he/she creates a habit of doing easy thing. So, when, a
E
difficult problem occurs, we become helpless to face it because wehave not made
M
ourselves habitual of facing such difficult problems. It

is related to every second person of our country. In this sense poem is
related to us. It tells us our draw-backs. We should be like a good
timber which teaches us to face difficult problems.
Exercise 4
class fellows once you have completed.

Class XI
Ans. Throughout ‘Good Timber Malloch makes use of several literary

devices. These include but are not limited
1. Metaphors,
2. Alliteration,
3. Hyperbole. (They hold counsel with the stars)
This entire poem is one extended metaphor comparing trees to

human beings. The tree mentioned in the first stanza represents
someone who has never had to fight for anything in their life. This
man had more than enough “sun and sky and air and light.” Although
this initially seems like a good thing, the speaker turns the text in a
er
different directions.
nt
Alliteration is an interesting formal device that can be seen through
Ce
the repetition of consonant sounds at the beginning of multiple
words.
ish
For example, in the poem “broken branches” in stanza four and
“storm” and “strength” in stanza three.
gl
En
Exercise. 5
E
M
1. Poetic Diction.
The poet has avoided bombastic words in his poetry. He used up to
dated words. Timber is simply meaning of wood but it is used
metaphorically that is why it is a little difficult to understand.
2. Theme
Ans. In ‘Good Timber’ Malloch explores themes of struggle,
fulfillment, and nature.Those who live through “broken branches”
and storms will become “Good timber.” This theme is common within
Malloch’s work. He was often concerned with depicting different

Class XI
ways life can be lived and how the most fulfilling lives come to be.By
using nature as the source of his imagery he is tapping into a source
that all people are familiar with. The extended metaphor that lasts
throughout this poem ensures that everyone understands what the
strength is that he’s talking about. A fulfilling life can only come after
one has worked hard. This is a roundabout way of saying that nothing
worth having comes easy.
3. Structure
Ans. 'Good Timber’ by Douglas Malloch is a four stanza poem that is
separated into sets of six lines or sextets. It is one of Malloch’s most
er
well-known pieces and follows a consistent and structured
nt
scheme. The lines conform to a pattern of aabbcc, alternating as the
poet saw fit from stanza to stanza. This was a common structure for
Malloch.
His
Ce
ish
beginning to end. The
resembling a song
rhyme
gl
rhyming
En
couplets
lyric.
pairs carry a reader through the piece from
E
give the poem a sing song-like sound,

M
4. Language
The language used in the poem is not the language of common people but it is the
language of well bred people. Figurative language used in
the poem is difficult to understand easily. Many poetic devices are used. The figurative
language is used orderly to enhance the meaning
of the loftiest theme of the poem.
5. Message
The message of the poem ‘Good Timber’ is that in order to become
good and beneficial, one has to face hardships and difficulties in life.

Class XI
Both timber and man have to overcome adversity with courage and
determination. Struggle is a key to success to live a perfect, valuable
life otherwise both of them die without achieving anything
worthwhile in their life.
Exercise 6
'When life gives you lemons, make lemonmade', using elements of
poetry based on three stanzas. Each member of the group should
compose 1 stanza. Once your group has composed the poem, exchange
it with other groups.
er
nt
(Self Work)
Exercise 7 Ce
'Life grows when a person comes out of their comfort zone.' Elaborate this
ish
statement in the light of the poem 'The Good Timber'. Note down your
points in the notebook and share it with your class fellows.
gl
Ans. It is a human nature that a man does not strive for a new thing,
En
while he is already in comfort. Comfortable man has not enthuse for

doing work. When someone comes out of the comfortable life into
E
the hard realities, he/she starts to think the way to save himself or
herself from the hard realities of life. In hardships, one person learns
M
more and more. Because, adversity makes a man perfect.Exercise 8

(1-6)
The tree that ......... a scrubby thing.
These lines have been taken out from the poem of "Good Timber",

Class XI
which is written by Douglas Malloch.
In these lines, the poet uses a tree as a metaphor that represents

someone who had never had to fight for anything in his life. This tree
had more than enough of its basic needs like sun, sky, air, and light. A
coddled person or tree who lives an easy life does not worry about
resources. They have all the food, water, air, and light they need to
survive. The poet reveals the outcome of such a life in the last two
lines of the stanza. This type of tree will never become head or one of
the largest and strongest trees of the forest. This kind of tree does not
have any greatness because greatness can't be achieved without
er
struggle. This type of tree often struck down as a useless and inferior
nt
creature.
(7-12)
Ce
The man who .......... died as he began.
ish
These lines have been taken out from the poem of "Good Timber",
which is written by Douglas Malloch.
gl
En
In these lines, the poet talks about a person who never became
hardworking and disciplined in his life. The poet describes a man who
was given opportunities to gain and grow and develop his personality
E
and future a person who does not struggle for a better future,
M
significant personality and unlimited worldly resources never

becomes a brave man and always lives a bad life without
development. His position socially, economically, and morally does not improve
because he does feel the need to go beyond his readily available resources.
(13-18)
Good Timber does not ........ good Timber grow.
These lines have been taken out from the poem "Good Timber", which is written by
Douglas Malloch. In these lines, the poet describes the elements and ways through

Class XI
which fine stuff and good timber grow. The development of successful life lies in facing
hardships and in overcoming hurdles. The poet compares a man to a tree who gets its
strength through snowy storms and strong winds. It has to fight and face the sun and
cold. It encounters throughout its days in the further sky than the scrubby thing ever
did. A tree or man who in danger himself and confronts the tragic realities of the world,
at last, grows in nice stuff, fine quality, and good timber.
(19-24)
Where thickest lies ........... common law of life.
These lines have been taken out from the poem of "Good Timber", which is written by
er
Douglas Malloch. In these lines, the poet describes the environment of the exalted man
nt
and the good timber tree. Where there is a cluster of great personalities, we can find
forefathers of good timber and successful man. Due to their loftiness, they seem to
Ce
consult with stars. They tap into a deeper knowledge and talk intimately with forces
that others cannot understand the tree and men share their loss and wounds of
ish
hardships and hostility of their lives which have become common law. It reveals who
they are and who they lived.
gl
En
_____________________________
E
M
"Poem 5. LUCY GRAY"
Pre Reading.
1. Look at the picture and express what you observe in it.

Ans. I observe an obedient child going somewhere. She has a lantern in order to see the
track. Surrounding the child a storm can also be felt.
2. How can you describe an obedient child?

Class XI
Ans. An obedient child never says 'no' to its parents. It sacrifices its life for the sake of
parents. It heartily respects its elders.
3. How much are your parents attached to you?

Ans. My parents are totally attached to me. They never force me to do any work. They
give preference to my will. They really respect me a lot.
4. Does anyone among you know a story related to a child?

Ans. Ye I know a story related to a child of our village. She was 9 years old. She was the
daughter of a farmer. Near to our village, there was a well. On night, she went out to
buy things from a nearby shop. She didn't return for a long time. When her parents
er
went for search, they saw her body floating in the well. It was a very mournful night in
nt
our village.
5. What do you know about William Wordsworth?

Ce
Ans. I know that William Wordsworth was a romantic poet. He was born in the lake
ish
district of England. Thus he was also called the Lake poet. He started a new type of
poetry called romantic poetry. He was really a great poet.
gl
Exercise 1.
En
Work in pairs and find out the meaning of the following words by using
dictionary. Read the poem carefully and write the contextual meanings
against each word. After completing Share your work with your
E
partner.
M
No. Words. Contextual Meanings
1. solitary Singlonly, alone

2. wretched. ruined
3. comrade. Friend or mate
4. wanton. Play, wilful
5. tripping. Stumbling
Exercise 2.

Class XI
1. The poet chanced to see Lucy__________.

a. at the break of day ✓
b. in the evening
c. in the afternoon
d. at night.
2. Lucy's father asked Lucy to go to the town with a lantern to bring
her __________.
a. aunt
b. sister
er
c. bother
nt
d. mother ✓
3. Lucy replied to her that she would go to the down to take back
her mother.
a. gladly ✓
Ce
ish
b. sadly
c. unwilling
d. probably.
gl
4. Lucy could not reach the town because________________.

En
a. It was late
b. she did not get any conveyance
c. her mother reached home
E
d. she lost her way in a storm ✓

M
5. The wooden bridge was at a distance from Lucy's home.

a. a mile
b. a furlong ✓
c. a kilometer
d. a few feet
6. Lucy's parents became certain of her death when they saw
a. her foot prints ✓
b. her body
c. Her lantern
d. her shoes
7. Some people still believe that Lucy can be seen_________.

Class XI
a. in the mountains
b. in the wind ✓
c. in town
d. on bridge.
8. People believe Lucy can be seen doing these activities except_______________.
a. looking straight
b. singing songs
c. moving rapidly
d. talking to people ✓
Exercise 3
er
nt
1. Where did Lucy live and what kind of child she was?
Ce
Ans. Lucy lived on wild moor. She was solitary child. She does not
have any friend or partner.
ish
2. Where did Lucy's father send her and why?

gl
Ans. Lucy's father sent Lucy to the town to bring her mother back.
En
3. What did Lucy mean when she said 'yonder is the moon'?
Ans. "Yonder is the moon' Lucy means to say that there is yet enough
time for the night to fall.
E
M
4. Why did Lucy take lantern with her?

Ans. Lucy had to go to the town to bring her mother back. She took
lantern with her in order to see the path in a stormy weather.
Because, the storm was also expected.
5. Do you think that the tragedy would have been prevented if Lucy's
father himself had gone down the town?
Ans. Lucy's father was experienced and aged person. He was familiar
with the tracks of the town. So, If he, instead of Lucy, had gone down
to the town, the tragedy would have been prevented.

Class XI
6. What happened to Lucy while she was going to the town?

Ans. Lucy Gray's feet were slipped down and she wandered up and
down. It was an unexpected storm before the time. She lost her way
and fell from the hills. She tried to climb the hills but could not reach
the town.
7. What efforts did Lucy's parents make in finding her?

Ans. Lucy's parents searched her far and wide. They shouted all the
night. After a long search, they succeeded to trace the her feet on the
bridge. The feet led them snowy path to the hawthorn hedge of the
er
bridge, where their daughter was slipped down and died.
nt
8. What led the Lucy's parents to the bridge?
Ce
Ans. Lucy's footmarks led her parents to the bridge.
ish
9. What do people still believe (maintain) about Lucy Gray and why?
Ans. Lucy had become immortal because after her death the people
began to believe that she was still a living child who could be seen
gl
alone at the break of the day only those who had the deep concern
En
with natural beauty. She was seen by singing a solitary song in the
moor, walking rough and smooth and never looked behind.
E
M
Exercise. 4
following aspects. Once you have written compare your work with your
partner.
1. Poetic Diction.
2. Theme
Ans. Two of the main themes throughout Wordsworth’s poem
concern nature and the loss of a loved one. Lucy not only lives away

Class XI
from society on the moors, but she also travels through the
wilderness. It is suggested that she enjoys nature because people
claim to hear her playfully whistling on her journey to town.
3. Structure
Lucy Gray was written in 1799, appeared in the second edition of the
Lyrical Ballads, published in 1800. This is opposite to The Abbot of
Canterbury, which is traditional ballad. The ballad is divided into 16
stanza, 64 lines.
Each stanza has divided into four lines (quatrain). The
er
rhyming scheme is abab and so on. The ballad is simple tragic story of
nt
a lonely girl.
4. Language.
Ce
The language in the poem "Lucy Gray" is plain and simple. Form and
ish
language in their bare simplicity, contribute to the bleak tone of the
poem-the story of a simple tragedy in a cold bleak countryside
beneath the snow.
gl
En
5. Message
In this poem the poet believes that Lucy Gray's soul becomes the part
of nature after her death. Her soul still haunts the hill and sings a
E
sweet song to guide the people in stormy nights.

M
Exercise 5
How should elders guide their children to save themselves from some
forcible dangers? Work in pairs and discuss about it.
Ans. Elders should totally focus on the environment of their house.

Firstly they should create an environment safe from abuses and odd
words. They should not talk with one another harshly and loudly in
front of their children. Because, the children always try to copy their

Class XI
elders. They act what they learn from their parents.

Secondly, they should try to keep cooperative behavior with their
children. As the children can easily share problems with their elders.
In such way the parents will be able to know the problems of their
children. And in critical conditions, elders should help them in every
way.
Exercise 6
Work individually and explain with reference to the context the
following stanzas. Write down your work in the notebook and share it
with your class fellows after you have completed.
er
nt
1.
Oft I had heard ........ the solitary child.
Reference to Context:
Ce
ish
Reference
gl
These lines have been taken from the poem "Lucy Gray" written by
William Wordsworth.
En
Context
In this poem poet tells the story of a small girl who went to fetch her
E
mother from town. But she was lost in storm of snow. Her foot prints
M
went up to a stream, perhaps she was drown in it. Poet believes that
her soul still haunts the hill and sings a sweet song to guide the
people in stormy nights.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that he had often heard about small girl
named Lucy Gray. One day when he was crossing the wild plain. He
happened to see her walking all alone.
2.

Class XI
No mate, no comrade Lucy ........ beside a human door.
Reference to Context
(same as above)
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that Lucy was alone for she had no companion
or friend. She lived with her parents on a vast plain she was most
beautiful child ever born on earth.
3.
er
You yet may spy ......... will never more be seen.
nt
(same as above)
Ce
ish
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that if you have seen fawn the young one of
dear jumping on the green lawn or if you have seen a hare scampering
gl
on the ground with joy, you may know what real beauty is. Fawn is
En
still there, hare is still there but you would not be able to see the
beautiful and charming face of Lucy Gray any more.
E
4.
M
"Tonight will be .......... through the snow."
(same as above)
Explanation
In these lines poet tells that one afternoon Lucy's father told her that
he expected a snow storms that night he was worried about his wife
because she had not yet returned from the town. He there fore asked
her to take lantern and guide her mother back home.

Class XI
5.
"That, father, will I gladly ....... yonder is the moon."
Reference Context
(same as above)
Explanation:
In these lines poet tells that she replied to her father that she would
gladly under take that duty. It was still midday and the church clockhad struck two. So
she thought that there was enough time to go on
that journey. As the moon was visible, so she would go after some
er
time.
nt
6.
Ce
At this the father ......... lantern in her hand.
ish
Reference to context
(same as above)
gl
Explanation:
En
In these lines po tells that Lacy's father took his hook and began to
each off some branches of tree. He was doing his work when Lucy
E
took the lantern in his hand and went to the town.

M
7.
Not blither is the mountain ......... rises up like smoke.
(same as above)
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that Lucy began to walk quickly in the manner
of a mountain deer. As she walked play fully on the snow it was
scattered by her bursting feet and rose like the smoke from chimney

Class XI
8
The storm came on ............ reached the town.
(same as above)
Explanation
In these lines poet tells that the storm came much before the
expected time. Poor Lucy roamed about and lost her way. She
climbed up and down many mountains, but she could never reach the
town.
er
nt
9
The wretched parents .......... serve them for a guide.
Reference:
Ce
ish
William Wordsworth.
gl
Context:
En
went up to a stream, perhaps she was drown in it. Poet believes that
E
her soul still haunts the hill and sings a sweet song to guide the
M
people in stormy nights.
Explanation:
In these lines poet tells that the parents of Lucy were much worried,
when she did not return home. They went out shouting every where
all that night in search of Lucy. But their efforts bor no fruit and they
could not find their daughter.
10
At daybreak on ......... furlong from their door.
Reference to Context.

Class XI
(Same)
Explanation:
In these lines poet tells that her parents searched for her all the night.
On the following day they climbed up a hill. They went on its top and
looked down the plain below. From there they saw a wooden bridge a
furlong from their home. They guessed that the girl might have been
lost there.
11
They wept-and, turning .......... Of Lucy's feet.
er
Reference to context.
nt
(Same)
Explanation:
Ce
In these lines poet tells that when they did not find their daughter,
ish
they wept bitterly and returned home. They thought that they could
no longer find their daughter and that they would meet her in
paradise. As they were going back her mother found traces of her feet
gl
in snow.
En
12
Then down words ......... long stone-wall:
E
Reference to context
M
(same)
Explanation:
In these lines poet tells that then the parents of Lucy traced their
daughter's foot prints from the slope of the hill to it's extreme end.
They search for her even by the long wall of stone and the broken
hedge of hawthorn in the hope of finding her dead body.
13
And then an open ......... they came.
Reference:

Class XI
William Wordsworth.
Context
went up to a stream, perhaps she drown in it. Poet believes that her
soul still haunts the hill and sings a sweet song to guide the people in
stormy nights.
Explanation:
er
In these lines poet says that then the parents of Lucy crossed an open
nt
field. Even now her foot prints could be seen in the same position
they traced the marks towards and came to the bridge.
Exercise 7
Ce
ish
'Self Awareness', using elements of poetry based on three stanzas. Each
gl
member of the group should compose 1 stanza. Once your group has
En
(Self Work)
_____________________________
E
"Poem 6. THE ABBOT OF CANTERBURY"

M
Pre Reading.
"That a fool he may learn a wise man wit."

Predict the theme of the after reading the line.
Ans. I think, the theme of the poem would be that the wisdom is not
the legacy of any particular faction of the people. It is for the people
who try to get it.
Exercise 1.

Class XI
Column A has words from the poem; underline these words in the
poem. Column B has the contextual meanings of these words, but they
are jumbled up. Work in pairs. Try and match the appropriate meaning
No. Words. Meanings
1. ancient. primitive (F)

2. merry. happy (H)
3. anon. soon (A)
er
4. renown. fame (J)
nt
5. fold. enclosure (I)
6. gallant. brave (G)
7.
8.
jest.
pardon.
joke (E)
forgiveness (D)
Ce
ish
9. liegeman. nobleman (B)
10. devise. plan (C )
gl
Exercise 2.
En
1. The ballad "The Abbot of Canterbury' is narrated in___________person.

E
a. first
M
b. second
c. third
d. first and third ✓
2. The poet says to the reader that he is going to tell a__________story.
a. sad
b. funny ✓
c. terrible
d. folk
3. King John was jealous of Abbot's housekeeping and high___________.
a. character.
b. respect

Class XI
c. business.
d. renown ✓
4. King John feared that the Abbot was working against his____________.
a. people
b. Policies
c. crown ✓
d. ministers
5. King John told the Abbot if he did not answer his three questions he
would be___________.
a. beheaded ✓
b. poisoned
er
c. banished
nt
d. fined
6. After listening to the King's questions, the Abbot rode to______________
universities.
a. Oxford and California
Ce
ish
b. Oxford and Canterbury.
c. Oxford and Campbell
d. Oxford and Cambridge ✓
gl
7. The Abbot requested the king to give him__________week's apace.

En
a. three ✓
b. four
c. five
E
d. six
M
8. While going back to his hometown, the Abbot met a___________.

a. farmer
b. friend
c. neighbor
d. shepherd ✓
9. The shepherd demanded Abbot's______________to answer king's questions.
a. lands
b. house
c. horse and dress ✓
d. wealth

Class XI
Exercise 3.
Work in pairs and read the lines given below carefully. Write down the
number of the stanza against each statement in which the given
information appears.
No Statement. Stanzas
1. Abbot is a very rich person. (03 "12")

2. Abbot seems satisfied in the court. (05 "20")
3. Questions are very difficult to answer. (09 "36")
4 Abbot tries to find out the answers. (11 "44")
er
5. Abbot is sure to have his punishment. (12 "48")
nt
6. The king rewards the shepherd. (25. "104")
Exercise 4 Ce
ish
1. What was the dispute between the King and the Abbot?
gl
Ans. The dispute between the two, the king and the Abbot, was about
the wealthy and luxurious life style. When the king heard about the
En
renowned life of the Abbot, he started to envy him and his wealth. He
thought, though he was the King, yet he did not live as luxuriously as
E
the Abbot live. So that he brought the Abbot in trial for his luxurious
life.
M
2. What efforts did the Abbot make in order to save himself?

Ans. The Abbot paid visit to the scholars and doctors of Oxford and
Cambridge universities.
3. What were the questions that the King asked?

Ans. The king asked the following three questions.
1. What was the price of king?

2. How long would he take time to travel the world?

Class XI
3. What was he thinking at that time?
4. What was the shepherd's answer to the first question of the King?
Ans. The shepherd's answer to the first question of the king was that
the price of the king would be 29 pens. Because, the Christ was sold in
30 pens, so the king would be sold one penny lesser that the price of
the Christ.
5. What was the shepherd's answer to the second question of the King?
Ans. The shepherd's answer to second question of the king was that
he could travel the world in a day. Because, if he would start to walk
er
early in the morning, he would surely return in the evening. So, there
nt
are 24 hours in a day. Thus he could travel the world as much as he
could travel in 24 hours.
Ce
6. What was the shepherd's answer to the third question of the King?
ish
Ans. The shepherd's answer to the third question was very funny. He
told the king that he was thinking him Abbot, but he was his poor
shepherd. And he begged pardon for shepherd.
gl
En
7. How did the king express his emotions after being answered his all
questions?
Ans. The king became so happy. He laughed loudly and swore by
E
mass. Happily, he offered the post of Abbot to the shepherd.

M
8. Why did the shepherd not accept king's offer?

Ans. The shepherd did not accept king's offer because he was an
uneducated. So he requested the King not to give him any high
position which did not fit to his qualification.
9. How was the Abbot benefited by his shepherd's bold answers?

Ans. The Abbot's life was saved by his shepherd's bold answers. It was
settled between the king and the Abbot that the Abbot would be
beheaded if he could not answer the three questions. The shepherd
gave and got pardon for his master Abbot.

Class XI
10. What is the main idea of this ballad?

Ans. The Abbot of Canterbury' is an interesting poem and the main
idea behind it is that it urges the readers not to judge the people and
their wisdom on the ground of the appearance and profession.
Education is not the legacy of any university or other institute. It can
be gained from every where and by every one in the world. So one
should try to learn from every where.
Exercise 5
Discuss the poem 'The Abbot of Canterbury' as a ballad? Note down
er
your answer in the notebook. Once you have written, compare it with
nt
your partner.
Ce
Ans. The poem The Abbot of Canterbury, included in our book, is a
ballad. Ballads have crude language because fine writing would not be
ish
suitable for the telling of this straightforward and amusing folk story.
King John ruled England from 1199 to 1219, was a very unpleasant
man and a thoroughly bad kind. It is a ballad of unknown telling an
gl
ancient story consisting of 100 lines of regular rhythm.

En
Exercise 6
E
'The Abbot of Canterbury' is an interesting poem that urges the readers

M
not to judge the people and their wisdom on the ground of the
appearance and profession. Work in groups of three. Compose your own poem on the similar
theme, using elements of poetry based on three stanzas. Each member
of group should compose 1 stanza. After your group has composed the
poem, share it with other groups.
(Self Practice)
Exercise 7
Work in groups of three to enact the given story by playing different
roles. Each group should rehearse at least two times in the class.

Class XI
(Class Work)
Exercise 8
work in the notebook and share it with your class fellows after you have
completed Line no.
Lines.
(1_4)
An ancient story ......... maintained little right.
er
Explanation:
nt
(These lines have been taken from the poem "The Abbot of
Canterbury''.)
Ce
In these lines the poet starts with these words that he then wants to
tell the story about King John. He ruled England by sheer force. He
ish
was responsible for doing much that was wrong, very little that was
right.
gl
(5-8)
En
And I'll tell you a story ........... fair London town.

Explanation:
In these lines poet says that he tells us a very funny story about Abbot
E
of Canterbury. The king heard about his great reputation and wealth.
M
His officials brought him with great speed to London.
(9-12)
An hundred men ......... waited the Abbot about.
Explanation:
In these lines, the poet says that the king heard that the Abbot
entertained a hundred man every day and the fifty servant dressed in
the velvet and golden chains waited up on him.
(13-16)

Class XI
'How now, father Abbot? ......... against my crown."

Explanation:
In these lines, the poet says that the king said to Abbot that he had
heard that he lived even more magnificently than himself. He
suspected that in order to win such reputation, he might be wrong
treason against him.
(17-20)
'My liege', quoth the abbot ......... true-gotten gear'.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that the Bishop replied that he had always
er
spend only what belonged to him. He had always spent only what
nt
belonged to him. He hoped that his Majesty would not punish him for
speaking his honestly earned wealth.
(21-24)
Ce
ish
'Yes, yes, father abbot .......... smitten from thy body.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that king said to the Abbot that he had
gl
committed a fmgreat crime and he deserved to die for it. If he would

En
not reply his three questions he would be beheaded.
(25-28)
E
'And first,' quoth the king ......... penny what I am worth.

M
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that first of all he must tell him (king) to a
penny what he is worth when sits among his noble subjects there
with his precious crown on his head.
(29-32)
'Secondly,' tell me, ....... what I do think.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that the king put second question before
Abbot and asked that what time he would require riding round the
earth. The third question paced by king before him was that what he

Class XI
was thinking at the time.
(33-36)
'O, these are hard questions ......... answer your grace.'
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that in response to three questions of king the
Abbot replied that those were difficult question for a man of poor
intelligence like him. He could not want to answer at the moment. So
he would be given time of three weeks to answer.
(37-40)
er
Now three weeks' space to ...... forfeit to me.
nt
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that king asked that he gave him three weeks
Ce
period. But it might be longest time that he lived, because if he failed
to reply the questions at the end of that period. He would die and
ish
possessions would be confiscated.
(41-44)
gl
Away rode the abbot ....... an answer devise.

En
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that the Abbot was sad and worried about the
threats of the king and went away to find the answers of questions.
E
He met many wise men at Cambridge and Oxford, but could not get
M
answers from those learned men.

(45-48)
Then home rode ........ good King John.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that at last Abbot rode back home without
finding any consolation. On the way he met his shepherd going to
fold. He welcomed Bishop back home and asked him the news about
the king.
(49-52)
Sad news, sad news ........ from my body.

Class XI
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that when Abbot returned home he told his
shepherd that he was much grieved to tell him that he head only
three days to live. Reason was that if he could not answer King's three
questions with in three days he would be beheaded.
(53-56)
The first is to tell him there ......... he is worth.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that Abbot tells the shepherd about three
question of King which he had to answer. The first was that he had to
er
tell the worth of king when he was sitting on his throne with his
nt
crown of gold on head and among his noble courtiers.
(57-60)
Ce
The second, to tell him, ....... he does think.
ish
Explanation:
In these lines Bishop tells the shepherd about the second and third
question put before him by king john. The second question was that
gl
in what period of time he would go round the world. The third

En
question was that he might tell him unhesitatingly what he was

thinking at that moment.
E
(61-64)
M
Now cheer up, sir abbot! ........ answer your quarrel.

Explanation:
In these lines shepherd asks Abbot to be happy and says that had he
never heard that even sometimes a fool may teach a wise man somewisdom. Therefore
he requested the Abbot to lend him his horse, his
servants and his official dress and to allow him to go London in his
place to answer King's questions.
(65-68)
Nay, frown not, if it hath ......... fair London town.
Explanation:

Class XI
In these lines shepherd requests the Abbot that he might not doubt
his ability. He also asked him not to feel angry with because as people
told that he resembled him very closely. If he would only lend
him his gown, he would look exactly like him and no body in the good
city of London would recognize him that he was not Abbot of
Canterbury.
(59-72)
Now horses and serving-men ....... our father the Pope.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that Bishop agreed with shepherd's
er
suggestion. And told him that he would give him his horses and
nt
servants in their proper uniform. These brave and courageous men
would serve him as attendants. The Bishop also promised him to give
Ce
him his Crozier, miter, rochet and cope so that he might look exactly
like true Abbot even before the Pope.
ish
(73-76)
Now welcome, sir abbot ... saved shall be.
gl
Explanation:
En
In these lines poet says that when shepherd reached in the court of
King John in guise of Abbot no one recognized him. The king
welcomed him as Sir Abbot. He appreciated his coming on the
E
appointed day. King reminded him once again that his life would be
M
spared and his property would be saved in case he was able to answer
his three questions.
(77-80)
And first, when thou seest ...... what I am worth.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that the first questions which king put to
shepherd was that he might tell him what was his worth while he was
sitting on his thrown among the courtiers of a noble birth and wearing
the crown made of gold. King asked him to answer clearly, because he
wanted to know his exact worth.

Class XI
81-84)
For thirty pence our Saviour ........ penny worse than He.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that shepherd told the king that he had heard
that Jesus the Christ was sold among the false Jews only for thirty
pence. So his worth is twenty nine pence. Because he might be one
penny lesser than the prophet of God.
(85-88)
The king he laughed, and ......... whole world about.
er
nt
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that king laughed at the reply of shepherd.
Ce
Then swearing by saint Bittel he said that he had never thought that
he was worth so little. After it king John put his second question by
ish
asking that he should let him know how long it would take him to ride
round the world.
(89-92)
gl
You must rise with the sun ........ you ride it about.
En
Explanation:
In these lines poet has described the answer of the second question of
E
the king John. Shepherd told the king that he should rise with sun and
M
travel with its speed till it rises again in the next morning. In this way
king would be able to travel round the whole world with in twenty
four hours.
(93-96)
The king he laughed, and swore. ...... what I do think
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that when king heard the answer of shepherd
to his second question he again laughed and swearing by Saint Johnsaid that he had
never thought that he could travel round the whole world in such a short time. Now he

Class XI
put his third question and asked the shepherd to tell him truly without any king of
hesitation that what he was thinking about at that time.
(97-100)
Yes, that shall I do, and ....... pardon for him and for me.
Explanation:
In these lines poet says that in response to king John's third question shepherd told
him that he would certainly give him a proper answer which would also prove pleasant
for him. He told the king that perhaps he was thinking that Abbot himself was in his
presence. But actually it was only poor shepherd of his who was talking to him in the
er
uniform of the Abbot. The shepherd begged his pardon for himself and for the Abbot of
nt
Canterbury.
(101-104)
Ce
The king he laughed ....... write nor read."
ish
Explanation:
In these lines the poet says that on hearing the shepherd's reply to the third question
the king laughed once again and said to the shepherd that he wanted to appoint him as
gl
Abbot of Canterbury in place of his master. But the shepherd requested him that he
En
should not take such a decision in a hurry. Because he does not know how to read and
write.
E
(105-108)
M
Four nobles a week, then,. ....... from good King John.

Explanation:
In these lines poet says that when shepherd did not accept the post of Abbot for himself
then king announced a pension of four nobles a week for him as a reward for his merry
jest. He also announced a pardon for old Abbot and asked shepherd to convey that
happy news to his master the Abbot of Canterbury, from good King John when he
returned back home
__________________________

Class XI
Poem 7. Selections from Sur Khahori
Pre Reading.
1. Read the words given in the diagram and guess the theme of the poem.
2. Write the theme in the center of the diagram.
Ans. Asceticism.
Exercise 1.
Work in pairs and find out the meaning of the following words by using a dictionary. Read
er
the poem carefully and write the contextual meanings against each word. After completing
Share your work with your partner.
nt
No. Words
1. traversed.
Contextual Meaning
Traveled across
Ce
ish
2. ascetics. Self-denying
3. ridge. A long narrow hilltop.
gl
4. desolation. Barren
5. grieving. Mourning, lamenting
En
6. highland. Mountainous land

7. Rambling. Long winded
E
8. Flicker. Shine unsteadily.

M
Exercise 2
Read the poem again and encircle the correct option.
1. Khahoris trouble their bodies to attain their

a. goal ✓
b. class
c. earnings
d. destination
2. Khahoris face severe____________while achieving their goals.
a. criticism

Class XI
b. conditions
c. hardships
d. all of them ✓
3. Khahoris never take their___________when they have goals.
a. property
b. care ✓
c. followers
d. none
4. "Khahoris' faces are dry, on their feet are slippers old and torn"
shows the___________.
a. struggle
er
b. emotion
nt
e. hardships ✓
d. pleasure
5. Khahoris recognition is like
a. caravan in desert
Ce
ish
b. raft in ocean ✓
c. guide in mountains
d. safety in jingle
gl
6. Khahoris can be found even where there is no trace of:

En
a. human beings
b. animals
c. birds ✓
E
d. cattle
M
7. In fourth stanza, the word 'save' is used in sense of

a. safety
b. preservation
c. together
d. except ✓
8. True seekers can only be known to those who are for
a. jungle dwelling
b. deserted abodes
c. mountain peaks
d. spiritual realm ✓

Class XI
Exercise 3
Work in pairs and read the above selection again: Comprehend it
completed, share with your partner.
Ans. (Paraphrase)
In the above selected verses, the poet says.
A daughter tells her mother that she saw those who have seen the
one whom we urgently need. She further says that she must stay a
night with them as she gain spiritual power because they are the real
er
guide to take to the God; Who is with them.
nt
They are called Khahoris means ascetics. They travelled early in the
Ce
morning to the mountains to search the medicines. They give much
pain to their bodies in order to achieve the goal, as to them is the best
ish
way to achieve the purpose.
They never take care while travelling. They went with unwashed face
gl
and bare footed. They go there, where the most elevated have not
En
access to reach. They go secretly, to talk secretly, with whom who

listen to them secretly.
E
They lit fire there where a bird can't reach.

M
They will not be misplaced in jungle, they never forget the general
path.
They have given both worlds but they are full of knowledge.
Kahoris are still present among us. Those can find them who want to
follow the spiritual path. When they found them they make their
home close to them.
Exercise 4

Class XI
Read the selection again and answer the following questions:
1. How is Khahori's character depicted by the poet?

Ans. Khahoris character is depicted according to their struggle. They
have an ascetic character. They try to achieve that character by
adopting many self denying activities. After a long period of struggle
they succeed to achieve the spirit.
2. How do the Khahoris experience sleep?

Ans. If one night, we will sleep in the company of Kachoris, we will
definitely achieve the spiritual power, because with them is the Lord
er
of the world.
nt
3. Where and why do Khahori's spend their days and nights?
Ce
Ans. Khahoris spend their days and night mostly on the mountainous
places. They spend there day and night in order to give pain to their
ish
bodies. They use the philosophy of gaining spiritual power by giving
pain to their external mass of the body.
gl
4. What does the poet want to say when he says "Where not a trace of
En
birds is seen, fire is lit"?

Ans. The poet here wants to tell the reader about the spiritual power
of Khahoris. They have spiritual access that's why they can go there
E
where no one can go easily. They reach there before the birds and
M
make that place brighten.
5. What reward does a Khahori get after his hard work?

Ans. A Khahori gets spiritual power after his hard work.
6. Sur Khahori is the narration of Khahori's struggle. Elaborate.

Ans. Sur Khahori is one of 30 Surs of Shah Latif's poetry. In this Sur,
Latif defines a Khahori and his struggle of satisfying his life. Khahori
always tries to remain in search of spiritual power. He wants to make
his soul permanent by giving up the desires of the world. In order to
pious search, he sacrifices his worldly pleasures for the sake of his

Class XI
soul. He also gives pain to his body as though he can achieve the
internal happiness.
7. Which poetic devices have been used in this poetry? Write with the
examples.
Ans. The following poetical devices have been used in this poetry.
1. Metaphor.
Examples.
Their recognition becomes a raft in this ocean of the world.
2. Hyperbole.
Example.
er
Those who gave up both the worlds.
nt
3. Alliteration.
Example.
Those on the way we're way land.
4. Irony.
Ce
ish
Example.
Where not a trace of birds is seen.
gl
8. How do you express your emotions on the struggle of your friend or

En
a family member?
Ans. I always become emotional when I see the struggle of the
Carvans of Arbaeen. They travel the distance of Najaf and Karbala by
E
walk. Their journey is spiritual. They also give pain to their body
M
in order to gain spiritual power.
Exercise 5
Work in groups of three. Compose your own poem on the theme of
Search of Reality, using elements of poetry based on three stanzas.
Each member of group should compose I stanza. Once your group has
(Self Work)
Exercise 6.

Class XI
Work individualy and write the central idea of the lines of Sur Khahori
in your notebook. Once you have completed, exchange your work with
your class fellows.
Ans. The central idea of the lines of Sur Khahori is that a man should
not give up his efforts while walking on the path of truthful people.
They should select the difficult path. As much as they bear hardships,
they will reach hastily to their destination. After toughness and
difficulty, one can achieve a very high and strong destination, which
can't be shattered in future in any case.
er
Exercise 7.
nt
1. Poetic Diction.
Ce
ish
The diction used in the poetry is not difficult. The figurative diction is
used. It further beautifies the poems.
gl
2. Theme
En
Ans.
There are two main themes in the poem which are 1. Ascetics and 2.
Their Struggle to gain the Spiritualism. Kahoris are ascetics here, they
E
select the path of difficulties to reach spirituality.

M
3. Structure
The selections are mostly dived into three lines (Tercet) except a
couplet (two line). The couplet has a rhyming scheme, while all otherverses are in free
verse. The selection is from a Sur of Shah Latif's poetry.
4. Language
The language used in the poem is elevated. It directly transfers from
this world to the spiritual world. Some peculiar words are also used as
'khahori' is itself a struggle related words. Very selective and far
fetched words are used. All in all, Latif has used the language fit to the

Class XI
poetry.
5. Message
The message of the lines of Sur Khahori is that a man should not give
up his efforts while walking on the path of truthful people. They
should select the difficult path. As much as they bear hardships, they
will reach hastily to their destination. After toughness and difficulty,
one can achieve a very high and strong destination, which can't be
shattered in future in any case.
Exercise 8
er
nt
class fellows after you have completed.
Ce
Ans. The following poetic devices have been used in this poetry.
ish
1. Metaphor.
Examples.
gl
Their recognition becomes a raft in this ocean of the world.

En
2. Hyperbole.
Example.
E
Those who gave up both worlds.

M
3. Alliteration.
Example.
Those on the way we're way land.
4. Irony.
Example.
Where not a trace of birds is seen.
Exercise 9.

Class XI
work in the notebook and share it with your class fellows once you
have completed.
(1-3)
Mother! I saw those, ......... raft in this ocean of the world.
Explanation.
These lines are from Sur Khahori of Shah Abdul Latif Bhitai. In these
lines, the poet, through a girl, tells the approach of Khahoris. She tells
her mother that she saw the people who are close to the creator. She
er
desires to remain a night in the company of these people. They are
nt
like a raft in the ocean, which can save one's life. She also wants to
save her life and is sure that the wanderer are the people who can
save her by guiding the true path.
Ce
ish
(4-6)
Khahoris prepared .......... They sought their goal.
Explanation:
gl
In these lines, the poet tells more about the struggle of Kachoris.
En
Khahoris start their search of spiritual power from early in the

morning. They travel to the mountains and give pain to their bodies.
They are in view to be spiritually more and more strong. For achieving
E
such strength they try to have a difficult life. They prefer thorny path
M
to the smooth one.
(7-9)
Their faces are dry ......... talk secrets of that far off land.
Explanation:
In these lines the poet tells that Khahoris do not care about their
outward personalities. They never wash their their faces properly,
they never put a good slipper in their feet. They travelled that place
where all people can't go. They build inner personality, in which theycreate secret
language that helps them to communicate with their God.

Class XI
(10-11)
Where not a trace ........... ascetics can kindle it.
Explanation:
In these lines, the poet tells that Khahoris try to go and spread knowledge there where
even a bird can't go. They never fear to the hardships of life. They try to make the world
bright every where.
(12-14)
Those who went to jungle ........... ignorance saved.
Explanation:
In these lines, the poet says that a Khahoris go to jungle. If one want to get spiritual
er
awareness, one should move towards there. They prefer to go there in order to root out
nt
ignorance from the jungle. They have quitted the both world for the sake spiritual
power. They are the sole to mitigate ignorance.
(15-17)
Ce
ish
True seekers still ......... built their nests close to them.
Explanation:
These last lines are for the true seekers other than Khahoris. The poet says that if they
gl
want to search the truth, they should come close to their houses. From their houses
En
they can search the spiritual realm.
_______________________
E
M
Summary of
All poems
1. The character of a Happy Life
Summary
The poem 'The Character of a Happy Life' is written by Sir Henry Wotton. He was an
English poet. His works are small but he has a great poetic sense.In this poem the poet

Class XI
describes the qualities of a happy ife. That man is really happy who thinks and acts in a
free manner. He always speaks truth and follows honesty through thick and thin. He is
the master of his passion. His passions are completely under his control and he is never
afraid of death. He has no cares and does not worry about what people say about him
in private. He always acts according to the call of his conscience.A happy man is not
jealous of any body. He always follows the rules of a good life and hates flattery. He
always prays to God for guidance and spends his time in reading a good book or
in the company of good friend. He neither wishes to get a high office nor has his fear of
his down fall. He leads a very simple and carefree life. Though he has no worldly wealth,
yet he has all good qualities of a thorough gentleman.
er
2. Don't Quit.
nt
Summary
Ce
The poem "Don't Quit" is written by Edgar Albert Guest. He was born in England bit
migrated to USA. He is called people's poet. His poems often had an inspirational and
ish
optimistic view of everyday life.The poem "Don't Quit" is truly an exceptionally
inspiring poem. The message of the poem is all about perseverance, tenacity,
determination and will-power not to give up. When the things go wrong against you
gl
and you are in debts and you don't have money to repay. Come what may happen you
En
should not give up. Life is very strange. Ups and downs are the part of life. We should
not be upset if success takes long time. After failures comes an long lasting success.
Sometimes, man quits his efforts to achieve the goal. He or she doesn't know the goal is
E
nearer. A man should understand the success is in failure. A man should change his
M
direction but should never quit his struggle.
3. Ozymandias
Summary
The poem Ozymandias is written by Percy Bysshe Shelley. He was a younger romantic
poet. The poem reveals his emotions and sense of positivity. It was the rule of romantic
poets that they praise the ancient remains and their beauty. This poem is also about the
beautiful structure of the statue made by a sculptor.The poem starts with a traveler who
tells a tale. The poet recalls having met a traveler “from an antique land,” who told him
a story about the ruins of a statue in the desert of his native country. Two vast legs of

Class XI
stone stand without a body, and near them a massive, crumbling stone head lies “half
sunk” in the sand. The traveler told the speaker that the frown and “sneer
of cold command” on the statue’s face indicate that the sculptor understood well the
emotions (or "passions") of the statue’s subject. The memory of those emotions
survives "stamped" on the lifeless statue, even though both the sculptor and his subject
are both now dead. On the pedestal of the statue appears the words, “My name is
Ozymandias, king of kings: / Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!” But around
the decaying ruin of the statue, nothing remains, only the “lone and level sands,” which
stretch out around it.
4. Good Timber
er
Summary
nt
The poem 'Good Timber' is written by Douglas Malloch (1877-1938). He was an
Ce
American poet. He is known as the "Lumbermen's Poet." Malloch lived in Michigan
where he grew up amongst logging camps and lumber yards. He wrote his first
ish
published poem when he was still a boy; it was published in the Detroit News.
The message of this poem is that people, like trees, grow and reach their true potential
by overcoming adversity. It is only through struggles, like a tree fighting through forest
gl
growth to reach the sun, that we grow and discover our true potential. He compares
En
good men to good timbers in this famous metaphorical poem.
5. Lucy Gray
E
Summary
M
The poem "Lucy Gray" is written by William Wordsworth. He was a romantic poet. He
was poet of nature. This poem is about an innocent girl who died while obeying her
father.Lucy Gray was a beautiful little girl. She had no friends to play with and lived in
wild moor with her parents. One day her mother went to the town for shopping. In the
evening her father told her to go to the town to bring her mother back. He also told her
to take a lantern with her o light her mother's way through snow storm.
Lucy Gray at once obeyed his order and set out for town. When she was on the way the
storm had come before it was expected. Lucy could not see her way due to snow. She
wandered here and there and at last died in the snow.Her parents searched her all night
but all in vain. At last they found foot prints in the middle

Class XI
of a wooden bridge. Perhaps she slipped through it and died. Some people think that
she is still alive and has become a part a nature. She sings a solitary song that whistles
in the wind.
6. The Abbot of Canterbury

Summary
The poem "The Abbot of Canterbury' is a ballad. It is about the jealousy and wisdom.
The message of the poem is that wisdom is not heritage of any institution, it is comes
naturally.The Abbot of Canterbury was a rich bishop. He was leading a pompous life. He
kept a better house as the King himself. He kept a large train of servants who waited
er
upon him with velvet coats and gold chains. At that time the King John ruled over
nt
England. He was jealous of the Abbot of Canterbury and thought that he got his wealth
by unfair mean. He therefore wanted to punish him, so he called the Abbot and he
Ce
charged him with treason. The Abbot pleaded not guilty and said that he was spending
his own money. At this King put him three questions and declared that the Abbot would
ish
have to lose his life, if he failed to answer the questions King gave him three weeks to
answers these The Abbot was upset. He went to Oxford and Cambridge and to all the
wise men of the land. But no one could tell him how to answer the questions. At last the
gl
Abbot's shepherd who resembled him went before the King.

En
The King put following three question before him:

1. What was his (King's) worth with his crown of gold?
E
2. How soon might he ride the whole world about?

M
3. What was he thinking?
To first question the shepherd replied that Jesus Christ was sold among the Jews for
thirty pence, so his worth was only twenty nine pence. To the second question the
shepherd replied that if he rode with the sun he would travel round the world in 24
hours. To the third question, he replied that he was thinking him Abbot of Canterbury
but he was his poor shepherd and came to beg pardon for the Abbot and himself. King
John was very happy at this jest and granted a pension of four nobles per week for tbe
shepherd and pardoned the Abbot of Canterbury.

Class XI
7. Selection From Sur Khahori.

Summary
The selected poems from Sur Khahori are taken from Shah Latif's book Shah Jo Risalo.
The Sindhi poems are translated by Amina Khamisani. The central idea of the lines of
Sur Khahori is that a man should not give up his efforts while walking on the path of
truthful people. They should select the difficult path. As much as they bear hardships,
they will reach hastily to their destination. After toughness and difficulty, one can
achieve a very high and strong destination, which can't be shattered in future in any
case.Sur Khahori is one of 30 Surs of Shah Latif's poetry. In this Sur,
Latif defines a Khahori and his struggle of satisfying his life. Khahori always tries to
er
remain in search of spiritual power. He wants to make his soul permanent by giving up
nt
the desires of the world. In order to pious search, he sacrifices his worldly pleasures for
the sake of his soul. He also gives pain to his body as though he can achieve the internal
happiness.
Ce
ish
__________________________
gl
SECTION-C
En
(PLAY)
A VISIT TO SMALL PLANET.
E
M
Exercise 1.
Work in pairs and scan the text to write the synonym of the following words contextually.
Use them in sentences. After completing, share your work with your partner.
No Word. Contextual Meanings. Sentence
1. impromptu.
Meaning. (unprepared.)
Sentence. He made an impromptu speech about honor and responsibility.

Class XI
2. lunatic.
Meaning. (a person who is mentally ill.)
Sentence. He drives like a lunatic.
3. blazing.
Meaning. (Very hot.)
Sentence. Quite a few people were eating outside in the blazing sun.
4. giddy.
Meaning.
(feeling silly, happy, and excited and showing this in your behaviour.)
er
Sentence. She was giddy with excitement.
nt
5. reconnoitering.
Meaning:
Ce
(Surveying, to obtain information about its geographical features or about the size and
ish
position of an army there.)
Sentence: He was sent to Eritrea to reconnoitre the enemy position.
gl
6. disposition.
En
Meaning:
(The particular type of character that a person naturally has.)
Sentence:She is of a nervous disposition.
E
M
7. primitive.
Meaning
(of, belonging to, or seeming to come from an early time in the
very ancient past.)
Sentence.The time when primitive man first learned to use fire.
8. seethe.
Meaning.
(to feel very angry but to be unable or unwilling to express it
clearly.)
Sentence. The rest of the class positively seethed with indignation when Julia won

Class XI
the award.
9. unctuous.
Meaning.
(excessively flattering or ingratiating; oily.)
Sentence. He seemed anxious to please but not in an unctuous way.
10. fidgets.
Meaning.
(uneasiness or restlessness as shown by nervous
movements.)
er
Sentence. There were two new arrivals, fidgeting around, waiting to ask
nt
questions.
11. sordid.
Meaning.
Ce
ish
(dirty and unpleasant.)
Sentence. There are lots of really sordid apartments in the city's poorer areas.
12. resonant.
gl
Meaning.
En
(continuing to sound.)
Sentence. His words were resonant with meaning.
E
Exercise 2
M
1. The play takes place in a small suburb in ______.

a. Maryland ✓
b. Washington
c. Virginia
d. Indiana
2. Spelding ______ flying object in space.

a. accepts

Class XI
b. denies ✓
c. doubts
d. confirms
3. Spelding criticizes John for growing _______.

a. cabbage
b. walnuts
c. corn
d. peanuts ✓
4. Kreton appears to be in his
er
a. twenties
nt
b. thirties
c. forties ✓
d. fifties
Ce
ish
5. The impression of Kreton on seeing the inside of the house was _______.
a. disgusted
b. delighted ✓
gl
c. callous
En
d. sorrowful
6. The spaceship landed in Mrs. Spelding's ________.

E
a. rose garden ✓
M
b. petunia bed
c. greenhouse
d. vegetable garden
7. Kreton said that the earthmen were his _________.

a. hobby ✓
b. ruination
c. hope
d. models
8. Kreton mistakenly thought that he had come to earth in the _______.

Class XI
a. 18th century
b. 19th century ✓
c. 20th century
d.21st century
9. The first person who arrived to investigate the spaceship was _______.
a. Powers ✓
b. Laurent
c. President of the United States
d. neighbor
er
10. Kreton said people on his planet did not _______.
nt
a. did not fight
b. did not speak
c. did not die ✓
d. did not love
Ce
ish
11. Kreton's spaceship was of ________ shape.
a. elliptical ✓
gl
b. oval
En
c. circular
d. triangular
E
12. John could not use the telephone because ________.

M
a. Kreton had cut communication

b. Spelding did not have any
c. Powers declared martial law ✓
d. Spelding wouldn't give him permission
13. General Powers was thinking about ________.

a. his promotion ✓
b. security of the country
c. arrest of Kreton
d. murder of the visitors

Class XI
14. According to Kreton, civilization is just ________.

a. at the ending
b. at the beginning ✓
c. full bloom
d. creeping
15. The elements of science fiction in this passage are most pronounced in
_________.
a. Kreton's supernatural abilities
b. reactions to Kreton
c. Kreton belongs to another breed of human ✓
er
d. hobbies of Kreton
nt
16. Kreton placed an invisible wall around his spaceship because ______.
a. the army told him to.
b. The army was going to take it apart. ✓
Ce
ish
c. the earth's atmosphere was damaging it.
d. his own people had suggested it.
17. Powers accused Kreton of coming to earth ______.
gl
a. 100 years too soon

En
b. to spread a mysterious disease

c. to discover some natural resources
d. to reconnoiter before an invasion ✓
E
M
18. Kreton said John's thoughts about Ellen were _______.

a. black
b. red
c. purple ✓
d. yellow
19. Kreton considers human civilization _________.

a. modern
b. primitive ✓
c. conservative
d. rational

Class XI
20. Kreton intends to take charge of ________.

a. rose garden
b. Spelding's house
c. USA
d. world ✓
Exercise 3
Work in pairs. Skim through the text. First, write the name of respective character
who said the following dialogues in Column B, and write the context of the dialogues
in which character had said that particular dialogue in Column C. First one has been
er
done as an example. After completing, share your work with your partner.
nt
Column A (Dialogue)
Ce
1. Fair enough. All right, I'll stay on for a while.
Column B (character)
ish
(Kreton)
Column C
gl
(In the Context of)

1.This statement or dialogue is said to Spelding when Spelding instructed him to
En
stay because of General Power's interview.

2. He has no get-up-and-go. (Spelding)
This statement or dialogue is said to Ellen. Her father Spelding criticizes her
E
Fiance John who is lazy.

M
3. I am a hobbyist. I love to talk about it.

(Kreton)
This dialogue is said to Powers by Kreton in order to inform him his reason of
visiting the Earth.
4. But I prefer the ones made of metal, the ones you used to wear, you know:
with the feathers on top.
(Kreton)
This dialogue is said to Powers by Kreton. Kreton tells him about the costumes
He wants to wear them.
5. Poor fragile butterflies, such brief little moments in the sun...

Class XI
(Kreton)
The dialogue is said to Powers when he asks Kreton about the place from where
he comes.
6. I like his whiskers. They're so very... comforting.
(Mrs. Spelding)
This statement is said to Spelding when they were discussing about the alien and
its physical appearance.
Exercise 4
Work individually and make a list of the elements of science fiction you find in the
play. After you have done, compare your list with your class fellows.
er
nt
1. Setting.
Setting of the play is America, which is perfect for science fiction.
2. Plot. Ce
The plot of the play revolves around the Kreton (an alien) and his spaceship (a
ish
technological machine).
3. Characters.
gl
(Kreton, Spaceship)
4. Examples
En
1. Kreton uses his scientific powers to land on the Earth.

2. He uses his technological powers to make an invisible wall around the saucer.
3. His scientific powers stun the people.
E
4. The play also start with the broadcasting telling about the science and it's
M
importance.
Exercise 5
Work in pairs and arrange the scrambled events in the order of their occurrence in the
play by giving the number. After you have completed, share your work with your
partner.
No. Events Order
1. Kreton arrives on the earth. (03)

Class XI
2. General Powers comes with his Aide. (04)

3. Kreton reads the mind of General Powers. (07)
4. General Powers orders to grab Kreton. (10)
5. John spots a spaceship. (02)
6. Kreton announces to take over the world. (09)
7. Spelding makes a broadcast and denies any spaceship landing on earth.(1)
8. Aide stops Spelding from making a call. (05)
9. Kreton reads the minds of John and Ellen. (08)
10. General Powers and Kreton have a conversation in the study. (06)
Exercise 6
er
nt
1. What is ironic about Spelding's broadcast at the beginning of the play?
Ce
Ans. Ironic about Spelding's broadcasting at the beginning of the play is that his
own daughter has heard the broadcast but she has not understood even a single
ish
word of his father's broadcast. Example of the sentence said by Spelding reveals
the clear use of irony. "It is not very flattering when one's own daughter won't
gl
listen to what one says while millions of people.

En
2. Why is Spelding unhappy about the relationship between Ellen and John?
Ans. Roger Spelding is unhappy about the relationship between Ellen and John
because he does not like his daughter's fiance. John Randolph is not a hard
E
worker ambitious. He is not an adventurer. Spelding does not like a person

M
having no ambition. He is an adventurous man. He expects his son in law as an

adventurous too.
3. Why did Kreton want to visit earth?

Ans: Kreton visited the earth to see the civil war in the 19th century. Mistakenly
He came one century later. To visit the Earth and her inhabitants was his hobby.
Therefore, he took a lot of interest in Earth. He visited the Earth as a tourist,
Then he decided to take charge of the world.
4. How is Kreton able to communicate with the people on earth?

Class XI
Ans. Kreton is able to communicate with the people on Earth because he has
power to read the minds of people. He reads the language inside the minds of
people.
5. Describe the reaction of different characters to Kreton's visit?

Ans.
1. Roger Spelding believes it as a meteor.
2. Mrs. Spelding likes its personality but does not like its way of landing on her
Rose Garden. He worries about her beautiful garden.
3. Ellen is fearful and excited to know about Kreton and his spaceship. She
enjoys being with the aliens.
er
4. John also wants to be with the new strange thing. He wants to examine Kreton
nt
and its spaceship just for having fun. He is really excited to know more and
more about the alien.
Ce
5. General Powers expects Kreton as a spy or a hostile enemy of men. He takes him
as an invader.
ish
6. Aide becomes confused and excited after looking at the strange creature.
6. Why is General Powers paranoid about Kreton's visit?

gl
Ans. General powers was paranoid about kreton's visit because he suspected
En
kreton as an spy of outer planet who came here on the Earth to explore the
secrets in order to invade and destroy the planet. He further suspected him to
leak the secrets to other aliens to plan the destruction of the Earth.
E
M
7. What restrictions are imposed on Spelling's family?

Ans. The Spelding's house is kept under Martial Law. No one can leave the
house. They are also forbidden to use the phone. For their movement they need
to the permission of Powers.
8. What extraordinary powers does Kreton possess, and how does he exhibit
these powers?
Ans: Kreton is a wonderful creature. He proves his extraordinary powers in
various ways. He has the following powers he shows on many occasions.
* He has the power to take over the charge of the world. He tells it many times to
Powers.

Class XI
* He has the power to read the minds of the people. He reads the minds of almost all
the characters.
* He has the power to create a shield around him and his spaceship. When his ship
is ordered to be moved he makes a circle line round the spaceship and it can't be
moved by anyone.
* He has the power to know all the languages of the world. Because he can read the
mind of every person.
9. Why does Spelding want Kreton to stay?

Ans. Spelding wants Kreton to stay with him in his house because he shows
hospitality to him. He thinks the visitor is tired after a long travel. Secondly, he
er
also intends to interview this strange creature in his television broadcast.
nt
10. Why did Kreton's friends consider him pervasive?
Ce
Ans: Kreton's friend considered him pervasive (perverse) because he was
interested in earth primitive society. But it was his taste that he loved the people
ish
and he wanted to be native.
11. How does Kreton reveal that he does not have any favorable view of
gl
earthlings?
En
Ans. At the end of the play Kreton reveals that the people of his planet are not
interested in visiting earth, but he is interested because he wants to take charge
of earth and rule all of you.
E
M
12. How does Kreton foil General Power's attempts to confine him?
Ans. Kreton with his technological powers foils General Power's to arrest him.
He makes General Power and Aide stun and challenges them to arrest him.
13. Who is Aide? What is his role in the play?

Ans. Aide is the captain in the army. He works under the custody of General
Powers. He plays a minor role in the story. His role is just to follow the
instructions of General Powers who instructs him to investigate the spaceship,
arrest the Kreton, maintain the Martial Law, etc.
14. How did Aide describe Kreton's spaceship?

Class XI
Ans: He described that Kreton's Spaceship was elliptical, with a fourteen

feet diameter. And It was made of an unknown metal which shined and inside
there was not anything.
15. Describe the main comic incidents of the play?

Ans. There are many comic scenes in the play 'A Visit to a Small Planet'.
Actually, the play is comic in nature. Kreton and his Spaceship, are also comic
creatures. The most comical incident is the landing of Kreton. How he lands,
how he looks like, his costumes, his whiskers and his way of talking are all comic
in nature. Another comic incident is General Powers' visit to Spelling's house
and his meeting with Kreton. He starts the dialogue by calling Kreton as a joker.
er
The story ends with a comic scene. Kreton's way of making stunned to the all
nt
worldly characters. After then, his yawning and noticing Mrs. Spelding's Rose
Garden is also the comic ending of the play.
16. How is the media depicted in the play?

Ce
ish
Ans. In the play, freedom of media is criticized. It is depicted as unfair. The
higher authority can control and use it as they want... The play starts with the
broadcasting of Roger Spelding. In his whole broadcasting, he says those things
gl
which are instructed to him by General Powers. He does not feel freedom to say
En
what he wants to say. As his wife says that they always like his broadcasting. He
also uses the world Starve. It means if he does not follow the instructions during
broadcasting, they will die of hunger.
E
M
17. The play is a satire on American society. Discuss.

Ans. "A Visit to a Small Planet" can certainly be read and enjoyed as a satirical
play. Satire creates its effects by mocking human behaviors and assumptions in
an effort to raise a reader or viewer's awareness of what the satirist sees as their
foolishness. In the play, American society is targeted. The family system is not
following any particular rules. Each three members of Spelding's family have
different ideas opposite to each other. No one is ready to follow another. Only
outward behaviors are respected.
The media is also satirized. The media works not freely, but it just works to
follow the instructions of the persons who are in power. Army in particular and

Class XI
bureaucracy in general is targeted. The officer behavior towards the inferior is

not good. The Americans are also not ready to accept the importance of
newness. In his satirical play, Gore Vidal tries to reveal a fresh life, full of
technology, the American needs.
18. How does the playwright expose the inferiority of the present race to that of
the future?
Ans. Kreton represents the future race. He exposes the weakness of the present
race by calling it in its primitive stage. The residents of present age have not yet
made the mind to change themselves as per need of the time. The coming race
would be more powerful and aware how to control mind and emotions. As the
er
people of the current age are impatient, stubborn and having no power to
nt
control their own ideas. They are lag behind in development from the upcoming
advanced age.
Ce
19. Describe the arrival of the flying saucer in your own words.
ish
Ans. The flying saucer slowly alights at the Rose Garden in the house of Mr. and
Mrs. Spelding. The house is in Maryland, USA. It lands slowly and strangely.
The pilot (Kreton) comes out patiently. He is in strange costumes.
gl
En
20. How much more advanced is the civilization of Kreton than of the Earth?
Ans. The civilization of Kreton is much more advanced than that of the Earth. They
have power to control their thoughts and emotions. They can use flying cars to
E
travel. They are immortal. On the other hand, the Earth people are at the
M
beginning of their civilization. They are mortal and do not have any control over
their emotions and thoughts.
21. Why can the people of earth not compete with people of Kreton?
Ans. The people of Earth cannot compete with those of Kreton. They have not
yet achieve the tricks and powers to handle the situation masterly because they
are in their initial stage. They have to learn more and more for perfection. While
the people of Kreton are well trained and much more advanced as compare to
the Earth. They know the proper use of their minds. They know how to control
and handle the people of other civilizations.

Class XI
22. What type of life do you foresee in the year 5000?

Ans. I foresee a wonderful life in the year 5000. The People will be perfect.
Because of technological developments they will be able to travel in flying cars.
They will have enough power to read and hear the human mind. They will make
themselves immortal.
23. What are the literary elements used in "Visit to a Small Planet," and how they
enhance the story?
Ans. The following literary devices are used in the play
Satire
er
"Satire" is any work of art that uses ridicule, humor, and wit in order to
nt
criticize and provoke change in human nature or social institutions. The play
examines (and pokes fun at) contemporary ideas about war, the fear of
Ce
"foreign" invasion, and attitudes towards inferior sex. Vidal satires military,
bureaucracy and social media. Family system is also satirized.
ish
Black Humor
"Black humor" refers to comedy created by means not usually regarded as
gl
proper subjects for laughter. For example, although Visit to a Small Planet is a
En
comedy. The plot concerns an impending nuclear war and the destruction of the
entire world for one person's amusement.
E
Irony
M
The play starts the ironical broadcasting. The ironical views of Spelding about
the existence of spaceships. The irony of his daughter and mother when they
confirm their attention towards the broadcasting they don't understand any
single word. The play itself is an irony because the aliens are not yet confirmed
as the creation.
24. Who is your favorite character in this play and why?

Ans. Ellen, the daughter of Mr. Spelding is my favorite character. She is
energetic, caring and true lover. She becomes excited when she sees Kreton. She
calls many times to John (her fiance) as he can not be harmed by the strange
creature. She cares a lot for her future husband because she loves him by heart.

Class XI
She teaches a lesson that everybody should be caring and loving.
Exercise 7
Suppose an alien visits the Earth from another planet. Work in pairs and prepare a list
of your questions that you would ask the alien. Next, prepare the alien's answers.
Ans. If an alien visits the Earth I will ask the following questions from him/her.
0. Who are you?

Alien. I am an alien.
er
nt
1. What do people call you?
Alien. People call me Kreton.
2. Where are you from?

Ce
ish
Aline. I am from another planet.
3. What is life on your planet?
gl
Alien. It is very simple life on our planet. People live cooperatively and never to
harm another.
En
4. Why do you look like a joker?

Alien. It is because of my costumes. We wear such type of costumes different
E
from yours so that I seem to you a joker.

M
5. Do all others on your planet wear such an odd dress?

Alien. Yes. We all wear this type of dress. This is our traditional dress.
6.Why have you come here on our planet?

Alien. I like the greenery of your planet. I love it. So that I visited your planet.
7. Aren't you a spy?

Alien. No. On our planet, people never think or plan to harm others. So that
I am not a spy. I just came here to enjoy the beauty of the planet.

Class XI
8. Which thing do you like more on Our earth?

Alien. Your hospitality. I like the way you speak, behave and serve. It is really
amazing.
9. What is famous on your planet?

Alien. 'Lambha Dancing ' is famous on our planet. It is a type of dancing we use
to do collectively on the beat of saucers.
10. Do you usually visit our planet?

Alien. No. I was interested. But this is my first time to visit your planet.
er
nt
Exercise 8
Work individually and sketch the following characters with the help of below given
Ce
mind map. Once you have completed, share your work with your class fellows.
Characters.
ish
a. Mr. Spelding
gl
Mr. Spelding is a major character in the play. He has the following qualities.
En
Personality Traits
He is middle-aged, unctuous and resonant.
E
Role
M
He plays a TV Broadcaster in the play. He is a major character in the

plays. He plays a vital role in the development of the story.
Actions
1. His broadcasting about the Spaceship. He denies the new technology.
2. His protest against the marriage relationship of his daughter Ellen and John.
3. His protest against the Martial Law at his house.
Others Opinion
Professionally, he is sincere and honest. He cares for his family a lot. He is an

Class XI
adventurous and ambitious. He is proud of being American. He is an American in

nature. Overall he is a sincere person.
b. Mrs. Spelding
Personality Traits
She is bored and vague. She knits passively while his husband talks at his desk.
Role
She plays the role of a wife of A TV Broadcaster and the owner of the Rose
Garden where Kreton landed with his spaceship.
er
Actions
nt
She interrupts and favors her daughter against her husband. She also favors
John while her husband is talking about him. She protests against the Kreton
who spoils her Rose Garden.
Ce
ish
Others Opinion.
She is a fashionable lady. She cares about her fashion a lot. When she sees Kreton she
likes his whiskers a lot. For that she goes to her make up room and use it to
gl
beautify herself. She has no sacrificial sense. She always worries about her Rose
En
Garden. Except, she has a sympathetic nature. She sympathizes with John and
her daughter.
E
c. Ellen
M
Personality Traits
She is a lively, energetic and beautiful girl of twenty. She fidgets as she listens.
Role
She plays as a role of a daughter of the TV Broadcaster whose house is used for
the setting of the play.
Actions
She goes against her father in the matter of her marriage with John. She favours
John and his work.
She interferes and requests Kreton to read her and John's minds.

Class XI
Other Opinions.
She is a lover and always favors John, his fiance. She is caring because she
cares John a lot while he goes near Kreton and his spaceship. She is sensitive
and fanciful too. Overall, she is a nice person of nature.
d. John
Personality Traits
Young and energetic boy.
Role
er
He plays the role of a fiance and the first person who notifies the appearance of
nt
Kreton and its spaceship.
Actions
Ce
Comes and witnesses first the appearance of Kreton and his spaceship. First
ish
the person goes very close to the alien. Worries about the family who don't know
where he is.
gl
Others Opinion
En
He is a hard worker but not ambitious. He has his own farmhouse. He sits and
works there but never tries to do adventurous work. He has purple thoughts
About Ellen.
E
M
e. General Powers
Personality Traits
Middle-aged General, greedy of promotion and proud of America. He is
disciplined and sober person.
Role
He plays a major role. In some sense he can be said to be a villain of the play. He plays
an antagonist role against Kreton.
Actions
He comes with his equipped army to arrest Kreton. He imposes Martial Law

Class XI
in the house of Spelding. He warns Kreton to surrender. He also talks to the

president of the United States.
Others Opinion
He is an honest army officer. He works first for his country then for his
promotion. He boasts about America. He represents a true American. Over all, he
is a disciplined and sober officer.
f. Kreton
Personality Traits
He is forty years old. He is a mild, pleasant looking man with side whiskers and
er
dressed in the fashion of 1860.
nt
Role
Ce
He plays a major role in the play. He is the hero of the play. The play surrounds
his role.
ish
Actions
He reads the minds of the earthen people. He encounters General Powers.
gl
He stuns the army of General Powers.

En
Others Opinion
He is a kind and soft natured person. He speaks kindly to everyone. He has full
E
control over his mind and emotions. He never hurries to do things. He does
M
the things on the exact time.
Exercise 9
Work in pairs and compare and contrast between 'life on earth and on Kreton's
planet'. After you have done, share your work with your partner.
Answer: The people of the two planets have no comparison as the people
belonging to Kreton's planet are much more advanced than those of the Earth.
They can operate cars without any instruments: they can travel huge distances
in a day and can speak all languages. The people of the Earth cannot compete

Class XI
with them as they are far more learned and have progressed a lot. They are free
from hatred and are not in the favor of violence. We can determine from the
character of Kreton that they feel pride in the service of mankind and are highly
sophisticated people. Furthermore, they possess extraordinary powers which are
complete myths for humans. They can listen to the minds of other people and we
see in the play that Kreton creates an invisible wall around the spaceship. He
proclaims that the human civilization is just beginning and upholds the
primitive traits. The statement is quite appropriate as we are far backward in
comparison to the people of Kreton's planet.
Exercise 10
er
Work in pairs and summarize the play in your words. After you have summarized,
nt
exchange the work with each other.
Ce
The Play 'A Visit to a Small Planet' is written by Gore Vidal, an American
playwright. It is a reflective comedy. It contains the elements of adventure,
ish
suspense, and Comments about the modern civilization. Kreton, a mystery
a character from another planet is the central character.
gl
The play starts with the broadcasting of Spelding in his own home in Silver
En
Glen, Maryland (America). Roger Spelding, with his wife, a daughter and two
technicians, denies the presence of spaceship. After broadcasting, they start to
discuss the household problems. As, Ellen, his daughter, ironically praises the
E
broadcasting of his father. He criticizes John with whom Ellen is going to be

M
married.
Suddenly, the characters face conflicts, while they see an strange creature
landing on the Rose Garden of their house. John points out the spaceship first.
They have different ideas about it. Some call it a meteor while others deny it.
The story goes towards the climax, when Kreton, an alien, comes out from the
spaceship. Spelding calls out General Powers, an army man, who confirms to
come soon. After a short discussion with Kreton, they notice the arrival of
General Powers with his troops.

Class XI
From here, the climax of the story starts. General Powers imposes Martial Law
in the house of Spelding. No one is allowed to move from the house. The general
warns Kreton to surrender otherwise, he will be destroyed.
From here the events lead to the ending of the story. Kreton, tells kindly the
reason for his coming to the Earth. He confirms that he is neither an spy nor an
observer. At last, when General Powers orders Aide to grab him, he shows his
super powers. He makes an invisible wall around the spaceship, after it no one
I can touch it. He also stuns General Powers, Aide and all other Soldiers. At last,
He goes to sleep. The play ends here. (Curtain)
Exercise 11
er
Work in pairs. Read the play again and identify the elements (i.e. plot, character,
nt
dialogue, and setting). After you have identified, write their examples from the text in
the table given below.
Plot
Ce
ish
Character
Dialogue
gl
Setting
En
1. Plot.
The story of the play starts with Spelding's broadcasting. Over all, plot revolves
around the Kreton's visit to the Earth. Kreton, an alien, visits here to observe and enjoy
E
this planet. General Powers, representing this planet, encounters the alien. The people
M
of this planet try to resist the aliens but fail due to the lack of technological
advancement. The play ends with a funny scene of stunning earthly characters by
Kreton.
2. Characters.
1. Roger Spelding (TV Broadcaster)

2. Mrs. Spelding (Wife of Roger Spelding)
3. Ellen (Daughter of Roger Spelding)
4. John (Ellen's fiance)

Class XI
5. General Powers (Army Man)

6. Aide (Captain and work under General Powers)
7. Kreton (Major Character)
Dialogue
Satirical, ironic, serious and some comic dialogues are used in the play.
Setting
The setting of the play is pure American. The time mentioned is the 19th and 20th
century. The play starts and ends in Maryland, America.
er
____________________________
nt
Ce
Summary of The Play
"A Visit to a Small Planet"
ish
Summary:-
The Play 'A Visit to a Small Planet' is written by Gore Vidal, an American playwright. It
gl
is a reflective comedy. It contains the elements of adventure, suspense, and Comments

En
about the modern civilization. Kreton, a mystery character from another planet, is the
central character. The play starts with the broadcasting of Spelding in his own home in
Silver Glen, Maryland (America). Roger Spelding, with his wife, a daughter and two
E
technicians, denies the presence of spaceship. After broadcasting, they start to discuss
the household problems. As, Ellen, his daughter, ironically praises the broadcasting of
M
his father. He criticizes John with whom Ellen is going to be married. Suddenly, the
characters face conflicts, while they see a strange creature landing on the Rose Garden
of their house. John points out the spaceship first. They have different ideas about it.
Some call it a meteor while others deny it. The story goes towards the climax, when
Kreton, an alien, comes out from the spaceship. Spelding calls out General Powers, an
army man, who confirms to come soon. After a short discussion with Kreton, they notice
the arrival of General Powers with his troops. From here, the climax of the story starts.
General Powers imposes Martial Law in the house of Spelding. No one is allowed
to move from the house. The general warns Kreton to surrender otherwise, he will be
destroyed. From here the events leads to the ending of the story. Kreton, tells kindly the
reason of his coming to the Earth. He confirms that he is neither a spy nor an observer.
At last, when General Powers orders Aide to grab him, he shows his super powers. He

Class XI
makes an invisible wall around the spaceship, after it no one can touch it. He also stuns
General Powers, Aide and all other Soldiers. At last, he goes to sleep. The play ends here.
(Curtain)
_____________________
er
nt
Ce
ish
gl
En
E
M

ClassXI
Summaries
Of
All Chapters:
er
nt
"Quaid on 11th August, 1947"
Introduction: Ce
ish
The text is about the Quaid-e-Azam and his message to the nation. The title name of Unit 1 is
'Democratic Citizenship'. It is about the vision of Pakistan by Quaid-e-Azam. The Quaid, after
becoming the president of the first constituent assembly, delivered a historic speech on 11th
gl
August, 1947. The Quaid's vision of Pakistan and Hazrat Muhammad's teachings are
reminded in the speech.
En
Summary:
E
The Quaid started the speech by quoting the two main functions of the Constituent Assembly.
M
The first function was to frame the new constitution for newly born state and the second was
of functioning as a full and complete sovereign body as the Federal Legislature of Pakistan.
Then, he informed the nation about the following main duties and responsibilities of the
residents of a newborn miraculous country for the Muslim community.
_ The government is emphasized to maintain the law and order so that the life and religious
beliefs should be protected.
_ Bribery, corruption, black-marketing, nepotism and jobbery are called curses and the
citizens are emphasized to curb the curses strictly.
_ All the citizens are suggested to forget the past enemies on basis of community, color, caste
or creed.
_ The secular concept in the country is promoted. The people are forbidden to support the one
community in the country. The freedom of religion is given to all.
Lastly, the Quaid asked the citizens to cooperate and support one another. He guided the
Visit (ME English Center) on YouTube for all video lectures

ClassXI
nation to follow the principle of Justice and complete impartiality. He hoped Pakistan would
be one of the greatest Nations of the world.
Moral:
To be a true citizen, one must follow the principles of Unity, faith and discipline. Additionally,
he or she should avoid being a religious person. Respect for all religions should be the motto of
every man's life.
"Once More to the Lake"
Introduction:
er
The text "Once More to the Lake" is part of Unit 2 "Preservation of Nature". "Once More
to the Lake", by an American writer E.B. White, is a narrative essay or memoir which
nt
describes the essayist's experiences of his visit and revisit to the lake in Maine in East America.
He had visited the lake several times during his childhood with his family and during his old
Ce
age with his son. Whatever he gained experience during his visit and revisit he shared all here
in the essay. Through this essay he tries to be escapist but could not escape from the harsh
realities of life.
ish
Summary:
gl
The essayist begins this essay by describing how the lake in Maine enchanted him and became
the world's best place, during his first visit to it with his family in 1904. When he was a child,
En
he, with his family, often went to visit the lake during the summer vacations. After becoming
father, he plans to revisit the lake in order to gain now the experience of a father's feelings. He
makes himself fully prepared to stay a couple of days in a camp near the lake. On the way, he
E
gets excited and wonders how this holy spot, lake, hills, streams and so on would look after so
many years.
M
He sets up a camp near a farmhouse. Memories of the past haunt him. He finds himself in his
son and himself as his father. The fishing, nature gazing, walking through the grass, chasing
The insects, swimming etc. all remind him of his own cheerful childhood and youth. He is
different now, devoid of the same energy and hopes. Instead of viewing the lake as it is, he uses
his childhood eyes to perceive the lake. This condition creates an interesting departure from
reality into what he wants to see based on his childhood experiences. He is delighted to find
that the campsite is more or less the same as he remembers. There are same damp moss,
dragonflies, waves of water, same green color boat, same freshwater leaves and debris, etc.
However, he criticizes the technology which pollutes the peaceful atmosphere of the lake.
Previously as compared to the revisit, the motorboats' voice was not irritating and noisy. The
wagon road is also tarred or pitched fully. The movies has also made the workers showy who
started to use make and speak mannerly opposed to the natural tone.
At last, he, with his son, goes to the farmhouse where they are served dinner by waitress girls.

ClassXI
They looked still fifteen like before. One afternoon, there was a thunderstorm. Other camp-
goers rush out of their camp for swimming. His son also wants to go swimming with others.
Moral:
White looks at his son changing the garment for swimming. At the same time, he feels pain in
his groin. It means that he is aware of his mortality and he can't escape...
"The Necklace"
Introduction:
The story "The Necklace" is the part of Unit 3 "Managing Change". It is about the middle
er
class girl who wants to be showy and wealthy in her life. The story is by Guy de Maupassant.
nt
Summary:
Ce
The story starts with the introduction of Mathilde, the heroine of the story. She was a pretty,
charming and beautiful girl. She belonged to a middle class family. She married to a clerk in
education. She always daydreamed of being rich. She was fond of wearing fancy dresses and
ish
jewelry. One day, her husband received an invitation card to attend a grand party. She
became worried about having no new dress. Her husband gave her his savings for purchasing a
new party dress. And she also borrowed a diamond necklace from her rich friend. She attended
gl
the party, danced joyfully and enjoyed a lot. Because of her attractiveness, she became the
center of every eye. When she returned home, she saw the necklace was missing. She, with
En
her husband searched everywhere but could not find the jewelry. At last, they bought a new
necklace in the place of the lost one. They borrowed a high amount for the replacement of the
jewelry. Mathilde returned the necklace to her friend.After that, for the next ten years, they lived
E
a life in poverty. They sacrificed their wishes. Mr. And Mme. Loisel hired a cheap apartment.
They lived there poorly. He did the double jobs, while She kept doing all household chores. After
M
ten years, they repaid the debts, but she became old now. When she was going for a walk, she
saw Me. Forestier, her friend who gave her a necklace. After greeting, she told me that the
Necklace was fake. Mathilde was shocked. The story also ends there.
Moral:
"Greed is Curse."
"Technological Revolution"
Introduction:
Technological Revolution is the text in Unit 1 "Technology Smart and Tech-Savvy". It is about

ClassXI
the benefits of digital technology. The extract is adopted from "Digital Quality of Life"
Understanding the Personal and Social Benefits of the Information Technology Revolution
Robert D. Atkinson and Daniel D. Castro.
Summary:
The passage starts with the introduction of the technology and its important on one's life and
economy. The writer calls the era the Technological era which came after the technological
revolution.
It is a period in which one or more technologies is replaced by another, novel technology in a
short amount of time. Due to less development in technology, the life before world-war 1 was
It's very hard to live. Now it has changed after this digital era. It has introduced several
technological innovations whose rapid application and diffusion typically cause an abrupt
er
change in society. Some famous innovations and their work are given below.
nt
1. Television.
It is the most revolutionized technology which affects almost all sectors of life. It, with the help
disaster.
2. Robotic Toys.
Ce
satellites are used to control disasters. It keeps people cautious before any hazard of
ish
In the toys new technology is fitted as the adults, youngest students, preschoolers and toddlers
can be entertained by playing with, according to their desires.
3. Tele-school.
gl
Through the help of the technology, new tele-schools are introduced which help the students
and parents to gain the required knowledge from the famous teachers of the world.
En
4. Tele-medicine.
It is used in medical fields for the purpose of information of the new medicines. The doctors
use the technology to treat the patients.
E
5. Telepresence.
Telepresence is used to work in any extreme Condition.
M
6. E-commerce.
E-commerce lets people buy a vast array of goods and services that previously might have
been difficult to find at local stores.
Telemarketing and Tele work are the new technologies which are used for the business
purposes. The technologies have revolutionized the concept of business.
7. Cellphones and Computers.
Cellphones and Computers are used for multipurpose but in these days they help a lot to
control the spreading of epidemic and pandemic diseases.
Moral:
All in all, life has changed from hard to easy because of digital technology.

ClassXI
"My Bank Account"
Introduction:
The Text "My Bank Account" is part of Unit 5 "Civic Sense and Civic Activities". The
The author of this piece of work is Stephen Leacock. He is highly educated person but he has a
bank phobia.
Summary:
The writer, Stephen Leacock, starts to tell one of the odd incidents of his life. He tells that his
salary is raised to fifty dollars a month so he chooses the bank as the best option for saving the
increased amount. He has a bank phobia so as he enters in the bank everything (from loving
er
things to nonliving things in the bank) frightens him. It makes him confused and nervous. He
starts to behave like an irresponsible fool. He directly meets to the manger and makes him
nt
confused by insisting him for a private meeting. The manger thinks him a detective of
Pinkerton. The manger is relaxed when he knows his purpose to open a new account in order
Ce
to save fifty dollars. He leads him to the accountant and asks him to open his account.
The accountant before opening his account asks him for the submission of the amount. He
submits 56 dollars. As his account is opened he wants to withdraw six dollars but mistakenly he
ish
writes fifty six dollars instead of six. The clerk is surprised to see such a check and ejaculates if
he is drawing it all out again. He realizes his mistake but is so miserable that he makes a silly
decision to withdraw the whole amount. He replied in affirmative. His account is closed again
gl
and he walks out of the bank hearing a big roar of laughter from behind the door.
En
Moral:
Try more to be the more civilized as the Civic Sense and Civic Activities should be revealed
E
from your behavior.

M
"Self-Reliance"
Introduction:
The essay Self-Reliance is the part of Unit 6 "Respecting Self and Others. Self-Reliance" is an
1841 essay written by American transcendentalist philosopher Ralph Waldo Emerson. It
contains the most thorough statement of one of Emerson's recurrent themes: the need for each
individual to avoid conformity and false consistency, and follow his own instincts and ideas. It
is the source of one of Emerson's most famous quotations:
Summary:
"Self-Reliance" is an essay by Ralph Waldo Emerson which explores the values of

ClassXI
transcendentalism. Emerson explains to the reader that true direct knowledge can only come
from within. Any knowledge that a person learns from another person or a book is not true
knowledge. The more people use their intuition and believe in themselves, the better society
will be. The power is within the man. One should peep into one's insight in order to know the
power of one's life. Emerson calls self-belief as genius. Genius person believes himself while
doing any work. He forces the readers to value their own thoughts otherwise another person
will copy their thoughts and they will be ashamed of noticing them. According to the writer
society never advances. It undergoes continual changes; it is barbarous, it is civilized, it is
religious, it is rich, it is scientific; but this change is not for the better. It acquires one thing, while
lost the old thing. It makes people civilized while it keeps the man from crude nature. A
man should be confident and expressing ideas and opinions without concern for how they will
be perceived by others. If a person refuses to be true to their own individual beliefs, then they
will not live a satisfying or gratifying life. Emerson believes that each person has a true purpose
er
and that it is the individual's job to resolutely fulfill that purpose without fear. According to
the author, a person can be happy when he puts his heart into his work and does his best.
nt
To sum up Self-Reliance" is Ralph Waldo Emerson's treatise on individualism. In it Emerson
explains that people must believe in their own intuition and reject the opinions of others in
in order to transcend the bounds of the physical world.
Moral:
Ce
ish
"Know thyself" or "Trust Thyself".
gl
"Struggle for an Education (By Booker T. Washington)"

En
Introduction:
The text "Struggle for an Education" is part of Unit 7 "Self-Grooming". In the story ‘My
E
struggle for an Education’ Booker T. Washington gives a moving account of the difficulties
He was faced with finding a place in a school. At the age of sixteen he had to face lots of
M
troubles and hardships in order to get admission in a school. Racial discrimination was
prevalent and blacks were not given the right to education. Washington makes a tremendous
effort to prove to the administration of the school that the color of his skin in no way determines
his lack of capabilities.
Summary:
In the story Booker T. Washington presents an account of a significant event of his life. He
used to work in a coal mine where he happened to know about a very good school in Virginia.
This school was far better than the one in his own town. The name of this school was the
Hampton Normal and Agricultural Institute in Virginia. Hearing that these people appreciate
it so much he at once made up his mind to go to that school although he knew nothing about
its location.

ClassXI
In the autumn of 1872 with a reluctant permission from his mother he started for Hampton
with very little money and a small bag with few clothes. As his mother was very ill, the parting
became very sad. He walked and begged for rides and in a number of days reached a large city
of Richmond about eighty-two miles away from Hampton. He was completely out of money,
hungry, exhausted but not discouraged. Having no place to go he crept under a raised platform
on the pavement.
Next day he got-up refreshed but hungry and started to look for some work as he was very
hungry. He saw a cargo ship unloading pig-iron. The kind-hearted captain of the ship gave him
work and he finally earned his breakfast for the day. Due to his good work the captain asked him
to continue work. He still slept under the sidewalk and finally managed to save money to reach
Hampton. The sight of the school building seemed to him a reward for the
hardship he faced. But here he could not make a favorable impression on his teacher as he had
been without proper food, rest, bath and change of clothing. The teacher did not refuse
er
admittance nor did she decide in favor. She kept giving admission to other students which
troubled him all the more. He desperately wanted a chance to prove his worth and he got it
nt
when the teacher finally asked him to clean the recitation room. He swept and dusted the room
several times as he knew that his future depended upon it. The teacher came and inspected the
Ce
room minutely and could not find a bit of dirt. She finally admitted him to the school. He was
extremely happy and all through his life considered the cleaning of that room the
best examination he ever passed.
ish
"A Voyage to the City of Lions"
gl
Introduction:
En
The text 'A Voyage to the City of Lions' is the part of Unit 8 "Places of Historical/Cultural
Importance." The voyage is a travelog of Altaf Sheikh translated by Professor Manoj
Kumar. In the lesson Singapore and its famous places are described.
E
Summary:
M
Altaf Sheikh is the best writer of Travelogue. He is a Marine Engineer. He depicts whatever
he sees during the time period of the voyage. In this voyage, he sees several famous places in
Singapore. He starts the voyage by depicting the geographical description of Singapore. From
a geographical perspective, Singapore is located at a maritime crossroads where almost every
ship sailing to or from the Pacific to the Indian Ocean or South China Sea anchors here. It is
a free port as well as a major center of fuels for ships. Barges are used at the port for carrying
the cargo from buses to the ships. The island of Singapore is connected to Malaysia. It is
connected to Malaysia as the port of Monora to Karachi. As Kiamari is to Karachi same the
city of Johor to Malaysia. The majority of the population live near the port of Singapore. It is the
busiest port. The voyage tells that Singapore is the wealthiest because of tourism and business.
The following important points are mentioned by the writer.

ClassXI
1. Singapore is called "The City of Lions" as the statues of lines are everywhere in the city.
2. It is called "Mr. Clean" because of its cleanliness.
3. It is a Shoppers' paradise where one can purchase the cheapest things of the world.
4. It is called the fusion of East and West because of the taste of foods. The foods having
western and eastern tastes have been served there.
The following important places are described in the voyage.

1. Singapore Jetty.
It is a place seen by the traveler.It is used to exchange goods.
2. Masjid Sultan.
He sees the most beautiful and biggest mosque of Singapore.
3. Change Alley.
The traveler sees the place where people can exchange the currency.
er
4. Raffles Pulse.
The largest market in Singapore is Raffles Pulse which. It is the place have all types of shops.
nt
5. Arab Street.
Arab Street is known throughout Singapore for reasonable prices.
6. Changi Village.
Ce
A village at the end of Island, full of natural beauty.
7. 'Statues of the Lions".
ish
The visitor saw many statues of Lions everywhere in the country.
Moral:
gl
A man should visit for the purpose of enjoying the natural beauty.
En
"Choosing Career"
E
Introduction:
M
The text 'Choosing Career' is about one's life.
Summary:
The text is about choosing a career for one's life. The perfect career as per demand of one's
personality. Many people don't have the ability to differentiate between a career and a job. So
for their understanding the difference between a job and a career is given. Jobs and careers are
considered synonymous and interchangeable, there is a subtle difference between the two. A
career is not merely a job; it requires a certain level of education, professional degree and a
definite skill while a job is for the time being and it needs just a professional degree. Emotions,
passions, qualifications and experience are required for a career. One must work for a career
not for a job. For choosing a good career one has to set some important rules for his life. While
choosing a career one should give priority to one's interests rather to follow the rootless

ClassXI
instructions of parents, close relatives and other friends that become the cause of de-
motivation. Every field offers potential growth, success, and satisfaction if you excel in it by
putting your heart and soul.
One's personality and his/her personal values are encouraged. Some like Independence; some
like Recognition or leadership; some wishes to help humanity; some desire intellectual,
scientific, or artistic achievements. They all should keep in view the values while choosing a
character.
The next step in choosing a career is that one should be ware about one's weaknesses and
strengths. He/she should take benefits from his strengths and try to improve his/her
weaknesses. He/she should choose a career in which he/she is strong. It is up to you, if you are
extroverted (sociable), choose a social oriented career else your introverted quality leads you
less interested in social activities.
According to the writer career counselor, degree from University, aptitude test and backup
er
plans are also mandatory for choosing a life changing career. All in all, one must be cautious
while choosing a career.
nt
Moral:
"A life without a career is meaningless." Ce

ish
"Pearls of Wisdom"
The text 'Pearls of Wisdom' is part of Unit 10 "Practicing Positive Work Ethics." In the text
gl
Some famous sayings and maxims of Sheikh Saadi are given. Sheikh Saadi was a great
Persian philosopher. His sayings teach valuable lessons to the readers.
En
Summary:
E
The extract is divided into V moral stories in subtitles of TEXT and 6 Maxims. Each text has
a moral for the readers. The texts and their morals are given below.
M
Text I
The moral of the text is freedom. A poor free man is better than a rich slave man. In this text
The story of two brothers is told. One is a servant of sultan while other earns his own bread.
The second one is happier due to his free life.
Text II
Self-experience is the central theme of the text. One cannot learn until he/she does not bear the
brunt of the situation. In the story the man in the boat is felt the fear of water.
Text III
Trying to get basic needs is the central theme of this text. It does not matter whether you have
pearls or gold but it matters if your belly is empty.
Text IV
Art or profession and its importance is the central theme of this text. A skillful person will
never be hungry in his/her life.

ClassXI
Text V
In this text interruption is forbidden. A man should not interrupt while two persons are
speaking. It is a foolish act.
The next part of the text is divided into 6 Maxims. Each maxim has a moral. In the first maxim
the moral of generosity is promoted. A person should earn and eat not to accumulate. The
The second maxim is that one should not be ashamed of asking question whose answers
he/she does not know. In the third maxim the moral for a weak person is given. He/she should
not encounter a person who is more powerful than him. The fourth maxim is about the education
and capacity. They both are interconnected and should not be separated. In the fifth maxim
The importance of little things are emphasized. The sixth and last maxim is about the person
who never hurts either his friend or enemy.
er
Moral:
nt
We must practice positive work ethics in our life.
Ce
_____________________________
ish
GRAMMAR SECTION
gl
En
ALL EXERCISES SOLVED OF FOLLOWING

UNITS
E
M
Unit 1.4
Unit 2.4
Unit 3.4
Unit 4.4
Unit 5.4
Unit 6.4
Unit 7.4
Unit 8.4
Unit 9.4
Unit 10.4

ClassXI
UNIT 1.4 GRAMMAR
Use of Colon (Advance Usage)
Colon is used to draw attention to specific information that follows.
Uses
to introduce items in a long list
Example:
I will bring for you: pop, chips, napkins, and plates.
to introduce a quotation
er
Example:
nt
Now, no expert agrees to: "Spare the rod; spoil the child."
> to introduce an explanation or definition
Example:
Ce
ish
The dog and cat finally found something in common: enjoying a peaceful sleep in
front of a warm fireplace.
gl
Example:
The dog and cat finally found something in common: They both enjoy sleeping
En
in front of a warm fireplace.
▸ to highlight a situation, especially if it seems a bit dramatic.

E
Example:
M
Running along the cliff, the hiker knew he had only one chance to escape from
the charging beast: jump.
(Solved)
Exercise 1
Work in groups and punctuate the following sentences by inserting a colon

where appropriate. After completing, share your work with other groups.
1. There is only one reason for this problem: he never learned to drive properly.
2. My morning routine looks like this: wake up, brush my teeth, and run to school.
3. We have set a house rule: do your homework before watching television.
4. My final answer still stands: "No!"

ClassXI
5. I enjoy reading novels by Jane Austen: they are among my favorites.

6. I gave you the spray bottles for one reason: to clean the windows.
7. You will need the following ingredients: milk, sugar, flour, and eggs.
Transitive and Intransitive Verbs
Transitive Verbs
A transitive verb transfers an action to its object
For Example:
We played basketball.
S V O
In the above example, the verb played transfers action to its object-basketball.
er
You can figure out the direct object by using this question format: "The subject
nt
did what?" or "The subject [verb] what?" For example, 'What did you eat?' or
'With whom did you play basketball?'
Ce
By asking these questions, you are asking, who or what' receives the action of the
verb.
ish
Direct and Indirect Objects
gl
A transitive verb can take more than one object.

En
Example: Deevan gave his sister (indirect object) a laptop (direct object).
Intransitive Verbs
E
An intransitive verb does not take an object because it does not transfer any
M
action
For example
We walked.
S V
In the above example, the verb does not have an object to receive the action.
Note: Some verbs are used both as transitive and intransitive
Exercise 2
Work in pairs and determine if the italicized verb in each sentence is transitive
or intransitive. After you have completed, share your work with your partner.

ClassXI
No. Sentence Transitive/Intransitive
1. Sara found the purse. (Transitive)

2. I lived in Islamabad for a very brief period. (Intransitive)
3. I make an excellent chicken curry. (Transitive)
4. Nabeel heard a lovely song in the morning. (Transitive)
5. The prosecution proved the defendant's guilt. (Transitive)
6. He delivered presentation. (Transitive)
7. I worked for ten hours yesterday. (Intransitive)
8. She advised me to consult a doctor. (Transitive)
9. Let us invite your cousins as well. (Transitive)
10. I waited for an hour. (Intransitive)
11. I received your letter in the morning. (Transitive)
er
12. I am going to send her some flowers. (Inransitive) Check please.
13. He has changed a lot since he got married. (Intransitive)
nt
14. Suddenly the child woke up. (Intransitive)
15. The loud noise awoke me. (Transitive)
Exercise 3 Ce
ish
Work in pairs and make sentences of same transitive and intransitive verbs. After
completing, compare your work with your partner. An example has been given
below.
gl
Transitive
En
1. Move
Could you move your car please?
E
2. Start
M
I have started my new job.
3. Change
Nurse changes the sheet.
4. Close
She closed the door.
5. Open
She was opening the window.
6. Stop
I stopped the bus.

ClassXI
7. Walk
He walked the showcase.
8. Run
He runs a hotel.
9. Live
He lives and breathes football.
10. Wash
The cool washed the dishes.
Intransitive
er
1. The trees were moving in the breeze.
nt
2. The car does not start.
3. I went to bed to change.
4. He sits close to me.
5. The guard sits here to open the gate.
6. She stops in the mid of speech.
Ce
ish
7. He is walking in the streets.
8. He runs fast.
9. She lives in Karachi.
gl
10. The clothes are for wash.

En
Exercise 4
Work individually. Brainstorm and make a list of the verbs in middle used in both
E
transitive and intransitive in a Vann diagram other than list of verbs given in
exercise 3 & 5.
M
Transitive
Intransitive
1. Both
2. Read
3. Understand
4. Drive
5. Play
6. Returned
7. Grow

ClassXI
Exercise 5
In pairs, make sentences of any ten verbs given below with direct and indirect
objects. After completing, share your work with your partner. An example has
been done for you.
• My mother bought me a new dress. (direct object)
• My mother bought a new dress for me. (indirect object)
award offer send feed promise

grant mail present lend post bake pour book prepare build
knit reserve sing order provide
er
Direct Object
nt
1. He awards me a prize.
2. They offered me a new job.
3. She sent me a gift.
4. I promised him a gift.
Ce
ish
5. Principal granted me leave.
6. I mailed him the notice.
7. She presented me a diary.
gl
8. Kindly lend me your car.

9. He booked him a cake.
En
10. I posted her a letter.

11. He bakes him a cake.
12. I poured him a glass of water.
E
13. He booked me a room in restaurant.

14. My mother prepared me lunch.
M
15. Shah Jahan built his wife Taj Mahal.

16. My sister knitted you a sweater.
17. He reserved his friend a seat.
18. He sings her a song.
19. He ordered me a bottle.
20. They provide us shelter.
Indirect Objects
1. He awards a prize to me.

2. They offer a new job to me.
3. Ali sent a car to me
4. He feeds a meal to him.

ClassXI
5. I promised a gift to him.

6. Principal granted a leave to me.
7. I mailed the notice to him.
8. She presented a diary to me.
9. Kindly lend your car to me.
10. I post a letter to her.
11. He baked a cake for him.
12. I poured a glass of water for him.
13. He booked a room in restaurant for me.
14. My mother prepared lunch for me.
15. Shah Jahan built Taj Mahal for his wife.
16. My sister knitted a sweater for you.
17. He reserved a seat for him.
er
18. He sings a song for her.
19. He ordered a bottle to me.
nt
20. They provide shelter to us.
Ce
_________________________
ish
Unit 2.4 GRAMMAR
Use of Semicolon
gl
You probably have used semicolon in your write up work. Let us learn its
proper use in the sentences.
En
Rule 1: To join two related complete thoughts without using a conjunction.

Example: The storm began just as the students were leaving: Maliha was glad she
E
had taken her umbrella with her to the school.

M
Rule 2: To join the two independent clauses with the use of conjunctive adverbs
(transitional words or phrases)
Example: The storm began just as the students were leaving; consequently,
Maliha was glad she had taken her umbrella with her to the school.
Exercise 1
Work in pairs and insert semicolons as needed in the following sentences. Once
you have completed, compare it with your partner.
i. All the shops in our area used to be closed during the lockdown now they're
open all day.
i. All the shops in our area used to be closed during the lockdown; now they're

ClassXI
open all day.
ii. The government has wiped out all encroachments consequently the roads
outside the shopping malls have become wider.
ii. The government has wiped out all encroachments; consequently the roads
outside the shopping malls have become wider.
iii. Because there was heavy fog in the morning the services at the airport were
closed.
iii. Because there was heavy fog in the morning; the services at the airport were
closed.
iv. Babar was not excited about his seventeenth birthday however his spirits
er
improved when he opened his presents.
iv. Babar was not excited about his seventeenth birthday; however his spirits
nt
improved when he opened his presents.
Exercise 2
Ce
Work in pairs and fix the errors in the use of semicolon in the following
ish
paragraph. After completing, share your work with your partner.
A good student is the one who is punctual, regular, and hard working, moreover,
gl
he has to be obedient to the teachers and respectful to class fellows. Teachers

have to play a large part, the parents are equally responsible or developing such
En
qualities. It goes beyond doubt that a nation's destiny makes in class rooms,
therefore, the coordination between the teachers and the parents is must so that
the destiny makers should be led in right direction. The world is growing more
E
competitive with the the passage of time, and in this context, our present
generation and the coming generations have to be jointly prepared by us.
M
A good student is the one who is punctual, regular, and hardworking; moreover,
he has to be obedient to the teachers and respectful to class fellows. Teachers
have to play a large part; the parents are equally responsible or developing such
qualities. It goes beyond doubt that a nation's destiny makes in class
rooms; therefore, the coordination between the teachers and the parents is
must; so that the destiny makers should be led in right direction. The world is
growing more competitive with the passage of time, and in this context; our
present generation and the coming generations have to be jointly prepared by
us.
Regular and Irregular Verbs

ClassXI
Regular Verbs
Regular verbs are the verbs which form their past and past participle forms by
ending with 'd' or 'ed'.
I walked to the store.

"Walk" is in the simple past
I had walked to the store.

"Walk" is now in the past participle form.
Irregular Verbs
er
A verb which does not form its past verb by adding the usual -ed ending. The
irregular verbs form different spellings in their past and past participle forms
nt
Examples
I went to the U.S. by plane. Ce

ish
My flight has taken six hours.
I felt happy when I arrived

gl
• Many verbs are irregular in English Language. The list of some is given below.
En
• An irregular verb does not take the-ed ending.
The most common irregular verbs list

E
present. Past. Past participle

M
be. was/were. been

bear. bore. born
beat. beat. beaten
become. became. become
begin. began. begun
bet. bet. bet
bite. bit. bitten
blow. blew. blown
break. broke. broken
bring. brought. brought
build. built. built
burn. burnt. burnt

ClassXI
buy. bought. bought

can. could. could
catch. caught. caught
choose. chose. chosen
Know. kew. known
lead. led. led
learn. learnt. learnt
leave. left. left
lend. lent. lent
lie. lay. lain
lose. lost. lost
make. made. made
mean meant. meant
er
meet. met. met
pay. paid. paid
nt
put. put. put
read. read. read
ride.
ring.
rode.
rang.
ridden
rung Ce
ish
Exercise 3
Work in pairs and read the following text. Spot errors of regular and irregular
gl
verbs where necessary in the article given below.

En
Robert Goddard was born in 1882. When he was a child, he become interested in
firecrackers and thinked about the possibility of space travel. He later became a
physics professor at a university. In his free time, he builded rockets and took
E
them to the field, but didn't fly. When he went back to his university after his
failed attempts, the other professors laugh at him. In 1920, Goddard wrote an
M
article about rocket travel. He believed that one day it would be possible to go to
the moon. When the New York Times sawed his article, it reported that Goddard
had less knowledge about science than a high school student. Goddard want to
prove that the New York Times was wrong. In 1926, he builded a ten-foot rocket,
putted it into an open car, and drived to his aunt's nearby farm. He put the rocket
in a field and light the fuse. Suddenly, the rocket went into the sky. It traveled at
60 miles per hour to an altitude of 41 feet. Then it felled into the field. The flight
lasted 2,1/2 seconds, but Goddard was happy about his achievement. Over the
years, his rockets growed to 18 feet and flew to 9,000 feet in the air. No one
maked fun of him after he become successful. When Goddard died in 1945, his
work did not stop. Scientists continued to build bigger and better rockets. In 1969,
when the American rocket Apollo 11 taked the first men to the moon, The New
York Times wrote "The Times regrets the error."

ClassXI
Robert Goddard was born in 1882. When he was a child, he became interested
in firecrackers and thought about the possibility of space travel. He later
became a physics professor at a university. In his free time, he built rockets and
took them to the field, but didn't fly. When he went back to his university after
his failed attempts, the other professors laughed at him. In 1920, Goddard
wrote an article about rocket travel. He believed that one day it would be
possible to go to the moon. When the New York Times saw his article, it
reported that Goddard had less knowledge about science than a high school
student. Goddard wanted to prove that the New York Times was wrong. In
1926, he built a ten-foot rocket, put it into an open car, and drove to his aunt's
nearby farm. He put the rocket in a field and lit the fuse. Suddenly, the rocket
went at the sky. It traveled at 60 miles per hour to an altitude of 41 feet. Then
er
it fell into the field. The flight lasted 2,1/2 seconds, but Goddard was happy
about his achievement. Over the years, his rockets grew to 18 feet and flew to
nt
9,000 feet in the air. No one made fun of him after he became successful. When
Goddard died in 1945, his work did not stop. Scientists continued to build
Ce
bigger and better rockets. In 1969, when the American rocket Apollo 11 took the
first man to the moon, The New York Times wrote "The Times regrets the
error."
ish
Exercise 4
gl
Work individually, and fill in the blanks with an appropriate verb form of of the
verbs given in brackets.
En
Ajrak is a symbol of rich Sindhi culture and icon of love. It is ___________

(appreciate) as such throughout Pakistan. It is a continuous cultural Link through
E
centuries back to Indus Valley Civilization. Ajrak has equal significance for the rich
and poor.
M
The motif and patterns on Ajrak __________(be) traditionally__________(produce) by

resist block printing with unique technique to create varied patterns and designs
with different colours. The printers may use up to 30 blocks to complete a design.
Ajrak is __________(manufacture) in various blends of deep crimson and ether
defused blue colours. The production of traditional Ajrak is a complex process
comprising twenty one stages and__________ (complete) almost in thirty days, by
using only indigenous materials.
Cut to size cloth is __________(coil) and __________(wrap) on a copper vat and then
__________(soak) in Eruca Sativa seed oil for fifteen days. First printing of the white
outline of the pattern by paste of lime and Acacia gum is _________(do), followed by
printing of the black areas by ferrous. The cloth is further printed by a paste of
gum, wheat flour, clay, alum, molasses and a number of herbs and spices. This
process__________ (protect) the part of cloth to get imprinted and rest of areas turn

ClassXI
crimson when ________(dip) in the alizarin dye. After that, cloth is dipped in first
cycle of indigo dye. In the next stage, water soaked fabric_________ (be) dipped in
alizarin in a copper vat to enrich the crimson to become deep in tone. Camel dung
is _______(use) to remove excess tanning and make the white clear and
brilliant.
Alternate drenching and drying help to bleach the fabric and also __________
(facilitate) the maturing of the colours. The cloth is printed again with the mud-
resist mixture and sprinkled with dry, sifted cow dung. About to complete, Ajrak
then goes through another indigo dip before a final wash. The result is the
precious and jewel-like Ajrak.
Ajrak is a symbol of rich Sindhi culture and icon of love. It is appreciated as such
throughout Pakistan. It is a continuous cultural Link through centuries back to
er
Indus Valley Civilization. Ajrak has equal significance for the rich and poor.
The motif and patterns on Ajrak is traditionally produced by resist block printing
nt
with unique technique to create varied patterns and designs with different
colours.
Ce
The printers may use up to 30 blocks to complete a design. Arak
is manufactured in various blends of deep crimson and other defused blue
colours. The production of traditional Ajrak is a complex process comprising
ish
twenty one stages and completes almost in thirty days, by using only indigenous
materials.
Cut to size cloth is coiled and wrapped on a copper vat and then soaked in
gl
Eruca Sativa seed oil for fifteen days. First printing of the white outline of the
pattern by paste of lime and Acacia gum is done, followed by printing of the
En
black areas by ferrous. The cloth is further printed by a paste of gum, wheat
flour, clay, alum, molasses and a number of herbs and spices. This
process protects the part of cloth to get imprinted and rest of areas turn
E
crimson when dip in the alizarin dye. After that, cloth is dipped in first cycle of
indigo dye. In the next stage, water soaked fabric is dipped in alizarin in a
M
copper vat to enrich the crimson to become deep in tone. Camel dung is used to
remove excess tanning and make the white clear and brilliant.
Alternate drenching and drying help to bleach the fabric and also facilitates the
maturing of the colours. The cloth is printed again with the mud-resist mixture
and sprinkled with dry, sifted cow dung. About to complete, Ajrak then goes
through another indigo dip before a final wash. The result is the precious and
jewel-like Ajrak.

ClassXI
UNIT 3.4 GRAMMAR
Pronoun-Antecedent Agreement
A pronoun must agree with its antecedent in number, gender, and person. An
antecedent is the noun or pronoun that a pronoun refers to or replaces.
A- Agreement in Number
Singular and Plural Subjects
If the antecedent is singular, use a singular pronoun. If it is plural, use a plural

pronoun.
er
Examples:
nt
i. Because this cupboard is almost 200 years old, it is historically important.
Ce
ii. The fittings in this house are noticeably different from their modern
counterparts.
ish
Compound Subjects
gl
A plural pronoun is used to refer to nouns or pronouns joined by and.

En
Examples:
i. The tiny cupboard and dresser still have their original hardware.
E
ii Sara and Sana have their own outfits for the party tonight.
M
A pronoun that refers to nouns or pronouns joined by or or nor should agree

with the noun or pronoun nearest to it.
Examples:
i. Neither the scientists nor the administration neglected its duties.
ii. Neither the administration nor the scientists neglected their duties.
A pronoun that refers to a collective noun should be singular if the collective

noun names a group acting as a unit.

ClassXI
Examples
i. The audience is lauding the performance.
(singular - The audience is acting as a single unit)
ii. The family that owns the house loaned its treasure to the library.
(singular -The family is acting as a single unit)
A pronoun that refers to a collective noun should be plural if the collective

noun names the members or parts of a group acting individually.
er
Examples:
nt
i. The class has been waiting eagerly to see its new English teacher.
Ce
(singular - The class students are acting as single unit)
ii. The family wanted their friends to see the house.

ish
(plural - The family members are acting individually)
gl
Gender and Person

En
The gender of the pronoun-masculine (he, his, him), feminine (she, her, hers)
or neuter (it, its) - must be the same as the gender of its antecedent. The person
(first, second, third) of the pronoun also must agree with the person of its
E
antecedent.
M
Examples:
i. You would be proud to see your work appreciated by future generations.
ii. We will plan an excursion trip for the students to join us.
iii. Any actress would like her creation to last for hundreds of years.
iv. An astronaut conducts his or her experiments during the flight.
Exercise 1
Work in pairs and read the following paragraph. Look especially for errors in

ClassXI
agreement between pronouns and their antecedents. When you find a pronoun
error, cross out the incorrect pronoun and write the correct one above it. There
will not be a mistake in every sentence. After you have completed, share your
work with your partner.
(1) Kathy has always liked dollhouses, and she got an idea for a business from
their hobby.
(1) Kathy has always liked dollhouses, and she got an idea for a business
from her hobby.
(2) Now, she and her brothers make dollhouses for sale.
(No Error)
er
(3) Neither she nor her brothers give all of her time to the business.
(3) Neither she nor her brothers give all of their time to the business.
nt
(4) Still, the team makes all its spending money from their sales.
Ce
4) Still, the team makes all its spending money from its sales.
(5) Kathy's elder brother assembles the pieces.

ish
(No Error)
(6) He chooses the plywood, cuts it to scale, and assembles the pieces.
gl
(No Error)
En
(7) Her younger brother, Max, paints the houses inside and out, giving it details
like doors, windows, and shutters.
(No Error)
E
(8) While Murray and Max do his jobs, Kathy buys miniature furniture.
M
(8) While Murray and Max do their jobs, Kathy buys miniature furniture.
(9) Then she sews curtains, rugs, tablecloths, and bedspreads to make each house
special.
(No Error)
(10) From October until mid-December, the crew takes turns selling its products
at craft sale.
(No Error)
Exercise 2.
Work individually and encircle the pronoun that correctly completes each
sentence. Also, underline the antecedent(s) of the pronoun. After you have

ClassXI
i. Each of the boys on the team is wearing (his, their) new uniform.
i. Each of the boys on the team is wearing his new uniform.
ii. Many have expressed (his or her, their) support for our plan.
ii. Many have expressed their support for our plan.
iii. Neither of the women has told me (her, their) opinion.

iii. Neither of the women has told me her opinion.
iv. When the team scored a touchdown, the crowd threw (its, their) hats in the air.
iv. When the team scored a touchdown, the crowd threw their hats in the air.
er
v. Neither Ali nor his sisters have bought a gift for (her, their) brother.
nt
v. Neither Ali nor his sisters have bought a gift for their brother.
Ce
vi. Scuba divers are taught that (you, they) should check (your, their) equipment.
vi. Scuba divers are taught that they should check their equipment.
ish
vii. Samar and Qavi will present (his, their) routine before the other gymnasts do.
vii. Samar and Qavi will present their routine before the other gymnasts do.
gl
viii. Not one hiker would set out without (his or her, their) compass.
viii. Not one hiker would set out without his or her compass.
En
ix. Yasmeen and her sisters shop for clothes here because (you, they) can find
good bargains.
E
ix. Yasmeen and her sisters shop for clothes here because they can find good
bargains.
M
x. Anyone who wants a job should bring (his or her, their) application to me.
x. Anyone who wants a job should bring his or her application to me.
B. Pronoun-Antecedent Agreement of Indefinite Pronouns
When an indefinite pronoun is the antecedent of a personal pronoun, the

personal pronoun must agree in number with the indefinite pronoun. This chart
shows the number of some common indefinite pronouns.
Infinite Pronouns
Always Singular

ClassXI
another each everything one

anybody either neither somebody
anyone everybody nobody someone
Anything everyone no one
Always Plural
Both
Few
many
several
Singular or Plural
all none
er
any some
Most
nt
● Use a singular pronoun to refer to a singular indefinite pronoun. The phrase
Ce
'his or her' is considered a singular pronoun.
Each of the cars has its sponsor's name painted on it. (singular)
ish
Use a plural pronoun to refer to a plural indefinite pronoun.
Many of the cars are in their first race. (plural)

gl
Some indefinite pronouns can be singular or plural. Use the meaning of the
sentence to determine whether the indefinite pronoun is singular or plural.
En
Some of the equipment was still packed in its containers. (singular)

E
Some of the race teams were still looking for their equipment. (plural)
M
Exercise 3
Work in pairs and read the following text. Spot the errors of Pronoun Antecedent
Agreement. After you have completed, share your work with your partner.
One of the most popular sports in Sindh is Malakhro. This popular sport is played
annually at the Urs of Lal Shahbaz Qalandar. The renowned Malakhro players
participate in this traditional event to showcase his strength to pull down its
opponent players. The match begins with both wrestlers tying a twisted cloth
around the opponent's waist. Each one then holds onto the opponent's waist
cloth and tries to throw them to the ground. Malakhro is one of the favorite
sports among males in Sindh. Many of the players are professionals who earn its
living by participating in this sport. Almost everybody in Pakistan has heard of this

ClassXI
popular and traditional sports, even if they haven't seen it.
(Solved)
One of the most popular sports in Sindh is Malakhro. This popular sport is
played annually at the Urs of Lal Shahbaz Qalandar. The renowned Malakhro
players participate in this traditional event to showcase their strength to pull
down their opponent players. The match begins with both wrestlers tying a
twisted cloth around the opponent's waist. Each one then holds onto the
opponent's waist cloth and tries to throw him to the ground. Malakhro is one of
the favorite sports among males in Sindh. Many of the players are professionals
who earn their living by participating in this sport. Almost everybody in Pakistan
has heard of this popular and traditional sports, even if he or she has not seen
er
it.
nt
Punctuation: Use of Comma
Ce
You have already learnt about use of comma in your previous classes. Let us
revise some of its rules.
ish
Rule: Use commas to set off non-restrictive clauses.
Examples:
gl
1. Muhammad Khan, whose show you like, will host a party next week.
En
(non-restrictive)
2. Naveed, who spent the last three days fishing, is back on the job again.
E
(non-restrictive)
M
Rule: Use a comma to set off appositives.
Examples:
1. My brother, an engineer, passed his exams with flying

2. Allama Iqbal, the poet of the East, is famous for his poetry. (appositive)
Exercise 5
Insert commas wherever necessary in the following sentences.
1. Siddiq Mirza a lawyer may be appointed for governor.

1. Siddiq Mirza, a lawyer, may be appointed for governor.

ClassXI
2. If you ever need a ride a slower one please let me know.

2. If you ever need a ride, a slower one, please let me know.
3. The winner of the contest who arrived from the US last week will receive 1 million.
3. The winner of the contest, who arrived from the US last week, will receive 1 million.
4. Kabir a writer and a poet is very obedient to his parents.

4. Kabir, a writer and a poet, is very obedient to his parents.
5. The captain ordered the troops to assemble the navy boat a large rowboat.
5. The captain ordered the troops to assemble the navy boat, a large rowboat.
6. Oliver Twist which was Dicken's second novel is a classic.
er
6. Oliver Twist, which was Dicken's second novel, is a classic.
nt
7. The lamp which my friend gave me is beside my bed.
7. The lamp, which my friend gave me, is beside my bed.
Ce
8. Mr. and Mrs. Kareem our neighbours for the past eight years are moving to the Turkey.
8. Mr. and Mrs. Kareem, our neighbours for the past eight years, are moving to the
ish
Turkey.
Exercise 6
gl
Work individually and combine the following sentences using comma around a
En
dependent word or a group of words. One example has been done for you.
Set 01:
E
a. Gawadar coastline is the longest in the region.

b. Gawadar coastline is a national treasure.
M
Eg: Gawadar coastline, a national treasure, is the longest in the region.
Set 02:
a. Kobe makes millions of dollars a year.
b. Kobe is a basketball player.
Eg: Kobe, a basketball player, makes millions of dollars a year.
Set 03:
a. A giant plane is launched in 1970.
b. A Boeing 474 is launched in 1970.
Eg: A giant plane, Boeing 474, is launched in 1970.
Set 04:

ClassXI
a. My brother's car is the envy of my friends.

b. My brother's car is sporty red convertible with bucket seats.
Eg: My brother's car, sporty red convertible with bucket seats, is the envy of my
friends.
Set 05:
a. The head surgeon took her nephew on a hospital tour.
b. The head surgeon was an expert in organ transplant.
Eg: The head surgeon, an expert in organ transplant, took her nephew on a
hospital tour.
_____________________________
er
UNIT 4.4. GRAMMAR
nt
Preposition:
Ce
A preposition of time allows discussing a specific time period such as day,
date, on the calendar, one of the days of the week, or the actual time something
ish
takes place. Such as on, in, at, since, for, ago, before, to, past, to, from, till/ until,
by
gl
Example: My friend lives at Saddar in Karachi.

En
While the preposition of movement or direction shows movement from one

place to another place. Such as above, across, after, against, along, around,
behind, below, beside, between, by, down, from, in front of, inside, into, near,
E
next to, onto, out of, outside, over, past, round, through, to, towards, under, up
M
Example: Shireen is coming from Japan.
Exercise 1
Work in pairs. Look at the picture below and illustrate the use of prepositions
of place and time and fill in the blanks. After completing, share your work with
your partner.
1. There is a doll on the sofa that was purchased on Monday last.
2. There is a ball on the table. It will be taken to play after half an hour.
3. There is a cat on the armchair.

ClassXI
4. There is an apple beside the table.
5. There is a dog under the table.
6. There is an umbrella on the sofa.
7. There is a picture on the wall.
8. There is a vase on the table.
9. There a robot on the floor.
10. There is a car beside the armchair.
er
11. There is a lamp behind the sofa and will be lit at 10 pm.
nt
12. There is a teddy on the armchair. It will go to sleep at 11 pm.
Exercise 2 Ce
ish
Work in pairs. Look at the picture below and illustrate the use of prepositions of
place & movement and fill in the blanks. After completing, share your work with
your partner.
gl
0. He is walking by the post office to the bank.

En
1. The ladder is standing against the wall.

E
2. The post office is below the travel agency.

M
3. The aeroplane is flying over the town.
4. The bank is between the post office and the library.
5. My flat is above the bank.
6. They are standing on the building.
7. The flat is in front of the park.
8. The park is behind the library.
9. The library is next to the bank.

ClassXI
10. He is standing in front of the library.
11. She is walking across the road.
12. They are sitting under the bridge.
13. He is walking along the road.
14. He is driving under the bridge.
15. The bus stop is across the bank.
16. She is walking in the market.
er
17. She is walking up the stairs.
nt
18. He is walking down the steps.
Ce
The table below describes some of the prepositions most commonly used with
verbs: for, to, about, with, of, in, at, on, and from.
ish
Verb + Preposition. Usage. Example
gl
Verb + for. Often used to emphasize purpose or reason. (beg for, ask for)
En
Verb + to. Usually refers to direction (literal or metaphorical) or connections

between people or things. (belong to, travel to)
E
Verb + about When referring to things, events, or gerunds (ask about write
about)
M
Verb + with. Usually point to connections and agree with relationships between
people or things. (agree with, compare with)
Verb + in. Tends to point out involvement or connections between people

things. (believe in, result in)
Verb + at. Used to indicate places, skills, and reactions (arrive at look at)
Verb +on/of. Used with number of different verbs. (agree on comment on)
Verb +from. Used to identify a point of origin or a connection or disconnection

between people or things. (differ from, suffer from)

ClassXI
Prepositional verbs always take a direct object (either a noun or gerund) after the
preposition and cannot be separated by it.
For example:
i. "He listens to classical music every night." (Correct the prepositional verb is not
separated, and the object comes directly after the preposition.)
ii. "He listens classical music every night." (Incorrect -the verb listens requires
preposition to connect to its a object, classical music.)
iii. "He listens classical music to every night." (Incorrect listens and its preposition
to cannot be separated by the object, classical music.)
er
Exercise 3
nt
Now, work individually and fill in the gaps with the verbs followed by
Ce
appropriate prepositions to complete the sentences given below. You can choose
from the above given table.
ish
i. Since Sara is arrogant, she never looks at her rude behaviour.
ii. The luggage belongs to the man in black hat.

gl
iii. She begs or asks for the second chance to rectify her mistake.
En
iv. Last year, Moiz traveled to Mirpur Khas and stayed at his home town for a
month.
E
V. In today's session, he asked about of the current situation of Pakistan.

M
vi. The committee agreed with Mr. Ali Miral, Mr, Zohair Anees, and Ms. Saima Huq.
vii. The nation suffers from the inflation and poverty.
viii. The Prime Minister did not comment on his cabinet's opinions.
ix. When she participates in races, she only trusts in the time.
X. Now, it is the time_________ as many companies as possible.
Prefix
A prefix is actually an affix which is placed before the root word. Adding it to

ClassXI
the beginning of the root changes it into another word.
For example, when the prefix un is added to the word happy, it creates the
word unhappy.
Here are few examples to demonstrate how placing a prefix before a root
word develops a word with a new meaning, which is synthesis of the both words -
prefix and root.
(Kindly refer the book for examples)
Exercise 4
er
Now, work individually and fill in the blanks with the appropriate words in the
box below. After you have completed, share your work with your partner.
nt
forecast, disinfect, semiformal, nonverbal, biannual, rejoice, substandard
Ce
1. The cleaning staff_________ the area to avoid the spread of Corona Virus.
1. The cleaning staff disinfect the area to avoid the spread of Corona Virus.
ish
2. The problem is that he expected you to understand his_________ communication.
2. The problem is that he expected you to understand
gl
his nonverbal communication.

En
3. Her wedding was_________, so everyone just dressed neat and tidy.

3. Her wedding was semiformal, so everyone just dressed neat and tidy
E
4. Living conditions such as_________ housing have a major impact on health.

4. Living conditions such as substandard housing have a major impact on health.
M
5. You have just________ how quickly people would accept this information and
how supportive they would be while learning to accept this "change."
5. You have just forecast how quickly people would accept this information and
how supportive they would be while learning to accept this "change."
6. The________dental and medical check-ups are offered if you take total coverage
medical policy.
6. The biannual dental and medical check-ups are offered if you take total
coverage medical policy.
7. His victory was_________ by the political analyst due to his commitment and
promises with the nation.

ClassXI
7. His victory was rejoice by the political analyst due to his commitment and
promises with the nation.
Exercise 5
Work in pairs and identify the words which have prefixes in any news from a
newspaper which is provided by the teacher. After completing, share your work
with your partner.
Ans. (Dawn-Sunday 15-10-2022)

1. Bi-lateral
2. Re-action
3. Nu-clear
er
4. Inter-national
5. In-stability
nt
6. Mis-directed
7. Mis-placed
8. Re-construction
9. Re-habilitation
10. Aero-space
Ce
ish
______________________________
gl
En
5.4 : GRAMMAR
Degrees of Adjective
E
Adjectives have three degrees: positive, comparative and superlative. One

M
and two syllable adjective usually takes 'er' to form a comparative degree and
'est' to form a superlative degree (e.g. hard, harder, hardest and pretty, prettier,
prettiest).
The adjectives with suffixes usually form a comparative degree with 'more'
and a superlative degree with 'most' (e.g. beautiful, more beautiful, most
beautiful and careless, more careless, most careless).
Adjectives can have irregular degrees also (e.g. good, better, best).
Some Common Errors with Comparisons
1: Using the comparative instead of the superlative

ClassXI
• INCORRECT: He is the happier person I know.

• CORRECT: He is the happiest person I know.
• INCORRECT: She is the more thoughtful person in the town.

• CORRECT: She is the most thoughtful person in the town.
2: Doubling up comparisons or superlatives
• INCORRECT: His car is more faster than mine.

• CORRECT: His car is faster than mine.
• INCORRECT: His car is the most fastest.

• CORRECT: His car is the fastest.
er
3: Using empty comparisons (part of the comparison is missing)
nt
• INCORRECT: These participants were more experienced.
Ce
• CORRECT: These participants are more experienced than the previous participants.
• INCORRECT: The line moved slower.

ish
• CORRECT: The line moved slower than the line next to it.
4: Using ambiguous comparisons (the comparison has more than one possible
gl
meaning)
En
• INCORRECT: She likes pizza better than her husband.

• CORRECT: She likes pizza better than her husband does.
E
• INCORRECT: Her suitcase is bigger than Saleem.

• CORRECT: Her suitcase is bigger than Saleem's.
M
5: Missing the article "the" in the superlative
• INCORRECT: Finishing quickly was least important task.

• CORRECT: Finishing quickly was the least important task.
• INCORRECT: The youngest girl was also littlest.

• CORRECT: The youngest girl was also the littlest.
Exercise 1
Each of the following sentences has an error in the use of comparative or

superlative adjectives. Work individually and identify the error, and write

ClassXI
corrected sentences in your notebook.
(Solved)
1. My bed is more big than my desk.

1. My bed is bigger than my desk.
2. Zaheer can run fast than me.

2. Zaheer can run faster than me.
3. You are most generous than my brother.

3. You are more generous than my brother.
er
4. Of all our luggage, mine is the heavier.
4. Of all our luggage, mine is the heaviest.
nt
5. The weather during the summer is the most hot than during the winter.
Ce
5. The weather during the summer is hotter than during the winter.
6. The Earth is closest to the moon than the sun.

ish
6. The Earth is closer to the moon than the sun.
7. You should always turn in your work because some points are best than no points.
gl
7. You should always turn in your work because some points are better than no points.
En
Exercise 2
In the following sentences, some parts have been labelled A, B, C and D.

E
Work in pairs and identify the part that contains an error. If there is no error in
any part of the sentence, mark your answer as E. After you have completed, share
M
your work with your partner.
(Solved)
1. Nadeem and Saleem are comparatively weaker in English as assessed

by their teacher. No Error
1. (comparatively weaker)
Nadeem and Saleem are comparatively weak in English as assessed by their
teacher.
2. Someone says you are the richest. Are you really the richest of all other
friends? No Error

ClassXI
2. (Of all other friends)

Someone says you are the richest. Are you really the richest of all friends?
3. No doubt, her score in Chemistry is more good than that of her brother. No
Error
3. (more good than)

No doubt, her score in Chemistry is better than that of her brother.
4. Northern Areas are the most charming of all other areas in Pakistan. No Error
4. (All other areas)

Northern Areas are the most charming of all areas in Pakistan.
er
5. Your friends say that you are the most smartest member of the
nt
group. No Error.
5. (the most smartest)

Ce
Your friends say that you are the smartest member of the group.
ish
6. The most happiest man on earth is the one who is good to everyone. No Error
6. (The most happiest)

gl
The happiest man on the Earth is the one who is good to everyone.
En
7. She is more intelligent among her class fellows. No Error
7. (more)
E
She is the most intelligent among her class fellows.

M
8. Javed Shaikh is more famous than any actor of Pakistani films. No Error
8. (Any actor)
Javed Shaikh is more famous than any other actor of Pakistani films.
9. A most hard working student will be given the first prize. No Error
9. (A most)
The most hard working student will be given the first prize.
10. Mr. Najeeb was the tallest among the four brothers and the three sisters. No Error
10. (No Error)

ClassXI
Mr. Najeeb was the tallest among the four brothers and the three sisters.
Exercise 3
Work individually and rectify the following sentences with proper use of
degrees of adjectives, and write corrected sentences in your notebook.
i. Shahid's motivation to succeed in this program seems to be great than his sister.
i. Shahid's motivation to succeed in this program seems to be greater than his
sister.
ii. Either you will make serious study than your sister or risk failing the exam.
ii. Either you will make more serious study than your sister or risk failing the
er
exam.
nt
iii. A few students are found the more interested in mathematics in whole class.
iii. A few students are found the most interested in mathematics in whole class.
Ce
iv. My travelling partner's journey was long than mine.
iv. My travelling partner's journey was longer than mine.
ish
v. My income is little than that of my brother.
v. My income is less than that of my brother.
gl
vi. Among all my colleagues, Mr. Altaf is the more regular.

En
vi. Among all my colleagues, Mr. Altaf is the most regular.
vii. Karachi is the more populous city in Pakistan.

E
vii. Karachi is the most populous city in Pakistan.

M
viii. She is intelligent than her cousin so she has taken many marks.
viii. She is more intelligent than her cousin so she has taken many marks.
ix. Azizia in Libya is the hot place in the world.

ix. Azizia in Libya is the hottest place in the world.
x. The Jupiter is the large planet in the solar system.

x. The Jupiter is the largest planet in the solar system.
Exercise 4
Work in pairs and spot the errors in degree of adjective and rewrite the
correct conversation in your notebook. Share your work with your partner after

ClassXI
completing the exercise.
Mateen:
My phone is working the worst ever! And it's 1.old than all the other phones I
see, too. I want 2. a latest phone.
Laiba:
Take a look at my phone. It was 3. more cheaper than my last phone, and I'm
much 4. happiest with it. When I'm traveling, I listen to music more often than I
do when I'm at home, so I wanted a phone with a 5. more big memory card.
Mateen:
Wow, it's much 6. nice than mine! The screen is a lot 7.largest, too. I want one
er
like that!
nt
Laiba:
Yeah, you need a big screen, because you watch videos on your phone more
frequently than I do.
Mateen:
Ce
ish
I need to check my emails, do you think a newer and a 8.good version will help
me out?
gl
Laiba:
Why not, Mateen. Since it has 9. more advanced features among all new smart
En
phones in the market, this mobile phone will not only help you to receive and
send emails but also you can download different applications.
E
Mateen:
Thank you Laiba for helping me out to buy this 10. the most new version of the
M
mobile phone.
(Solved):
Mateen:
My phone is working the worst ever! And it's older than all the other phones I
see, too. I want the latest phone.
Laiba:
Take a look at my phone. It was cheaper than my last phone, and I'm
much happier with it. When I'm traveling, I listen to music more often than I do
when I'm at home, so I wanted a phone with a bigger memory card.

ClassXI
Mateen:
Wow, it's much nicer than that of mine! The screen is a lot larger too. I want one
like that!
Laiba:
Yeah, you need a big screen, because you watch videos on your phone more
frequently than I do.
Mateen:
I need to check my emails, do you think a newer and a better version will help me
out?
Laiba:
er
Why not, Mateen. Since it has the most advanced features among all new smart
phones in the market, this mobile phone will not only help you to receive and
nt
send emails but also you can download different applications.
Mateen:
Ce
Thank you Laiba for helping me out to buy this the newest (the latest) version of
the mobile phone.
ish
Modal Verbs
gl
Modal verbs are used to express mood and attitude of the speaker and
convey the ideas about possibility, probability, necessity, obligation, advisability
En
and permission. The table below describes in detail about modal verbs.
Type. Modal Verbs. Examples

E
Ability
M
Obligation
Must
I must memorize all of these rules about tenses.
Have to
You have to take off your shoes before you get into the prayer room.
Possibility
Might, May

ClassXI
It looks nice, but it might be very expensive.
Could, Can
Ahmer may be coming to see us tomorrow.
Exercise 5
Work in pairs and make at least five sentences of each model verb according
to its nature. After you have completed, share your sentences with your partner.
1. Must
1. You mustn’t play here. It is dangerous.
er
2. He mustn’t eat peanuts. He’s allergic to nuts.
3. You must do your homework every night.
nt
4. I must stop smoking.
5. You must phone me.
2. Have to
1. In England you have to pay tax.
Ce
ish
2. We have to check everyone’s ID.
3. You have to vote in an election?
4. They have to wear a uniform to school.
gl
5. We have to give priority to our elders.

En
3.Might, May
1. He am come late today.
2. It might rain latter so take an umbrella.
E
3. I may watch a movie tonight.

4. She might study Math.
M
5. I may eat dinner at 9:00 pm.
4.Can Could
1. Price can be high in Karachi.
2. They could go to the party this afternoon.
3. She could finish her project tonight.
4. Winter in Hyderabad can be really cold.
5. They could still be waiting for us.
Exercise 6
Use appropriate modal verbs from the box given below and fill in the
following conversation. An example has been done for you

ClassXI
may, must, shouldn't, would, should, could, mustn't
Two colleagues, Sara and Zoya, are at a lunch meeting. They are waiting for
their co-worker, Noor, who is late.
"We must wait for Noor before we start," says Zoya. "Isn't she here yet?"
"No, she may be on her way," replies Sara.
"Yes, she said she left the office 30 minutes ago," says Zoya. "She would be be
about to arrive."
"Traffic may be bad during this hour of time, because it usually doesn't take
er
too long to reach here," Sara says.
nt
Sara looks at her watch. "She mustn't feel bad about being late since I know
her so well," Sara says. "I know she hates to be kept waiting, so she doesn't like to
do it to other people."
Ce
"Well, that's alright! We shouldn't be impatient, don't you think?" Zoya smiles.
ish
"Remember her rule: the one who is late must buy lunch!"
"Oh! She is here, after a long wait," says Sara. "Sorry my friends, I'm late
gl
because of heavy traffic," justifies Noor.

En
Noor looks at the menu card quickly. "What should we order?" asks Noor. "I
think we should take some light meals since we all are on diet," says Zoya "Well, I
agree with Zoya," says Sara. "Can we order a large serving of salad with steamed
E
chicken," asks Noor. "But, I would rather prefer to take a bowl of humus since its
very healthy and scrumptious," add Zoya.
M
"Well, girls we shouldn't waste time, now its' already late, we must place an
order," yells Sara
Exercise 7
Insert proper modal verbs in the following blanks.
1. When Sara was five, she could not read and write.
2. I can't get up early today. Because it is Sunday.
3. Birds can fly but lions can not.

ClassXI
4. This bag is too heavy for you. Can I help you?
5. I have to wear school uniform at my school.
6. You must not smoke here. It is forbidden.
7. Would you turn on the lights, please?
8. I should help my mother with the housework. She is tired.
9. If you go to bed late, you might be late for the school.
10. You have to do your homework if you want to go out.
er
nt
_______________________
Ce
6.4 GRAMMAR
ish
Positioning Adverbs
Kinds of Adverb
gl
Manner
En
angrily,
cautiously,
nicely,
E
slowly,
skilfully,
M
precisely
Frequency
sometimes,
usually,
never,
always,
rarely
Degree
very,
extremely,
too,

ClassXI
quite,
greatly,
hardly,
highly,
much,
more,
most
Time
tonight,
soon,
later,
now,
er
forever,
still,
nt
yet,
early,
late,
Place
Ce
ish
here,
there,
everywhere,
gl
nowhere,
somewhere,
En
anywhere,
in,
out,
E
inside,
M
Relative
When,
where,
why
Exercise 1
Work individually and make at least three sentences of each kind of adverb.
After you have made the sentences, share your work with your class fellows.
Exercise 2
Read the following sentences. Work in pairs and identify an adverb and locate
its position in each of the sentence using table given below. An example has been

ClassXI
done for you.
1. Suddenly, I felt afraid.
2. Yesterday, detectives arrested a man and a woman in connection with the

murder.
3. Apples always taste best when you pick them straight off the tree.
4. They have completely forgotten about our appointment.
5. Why do you always have to eat so fast?
er
6. They ate dinner quietly.
nt
An example has been done for you:
Adverb.
(Solved)
Position (B, M, M)
Ce
ish
1. Suddenly. Beginning
2. Yesterday (Beginning)
gl
3. always (Middle)
4. completely. (Middle)
En
5. Always (Middle)
6. Quietly. (End)
E
Look at the following table. See how different types of adverbs go in different
positions.
M
Place (usually end)

anywhere
around
away
downstairs
everywhere
here
in London
inside
outside
somewhere
there

ClassXI
to bed
underground
upstairs
•Here and there often begin clauses.
Time (Usually end or beginning to emphasize)

daily
every week
in June
last year
lately
now
recently
er
soon
then
nt
today
tomorrow
weekly
yesterday
yet
Ce
ish
Frequency (indefinite) (Usually middle)
always
gl
ever
frequently
En
hardly ever
however
never
E
normally
not often
M
occasionally
often
rarely
regularly
seldom
sometimes
usually
Italic adverbs:
can go in front or end position
always and never can begin imperative clauses

ClassXI
Completeness (middle/ usually follow all auxiliary verbs)
almost
completely
hardly
kind of
more or less
nearly
partly
practically
properly
quite
rather
er
scarcely
sort of
nt
Manner (usually end/ adi+ly: middle if adverb isn't the main focus)
angrily
badly
Ce
ish
beautifully
carefully
elegantly
gl
emotionally
fast
En
gently
happily
every week
E
hard
lightly
M
loudly
nicely
noisily
quickly
quietly
sadly
slowly
so
softly
straight
suddenly
terribly
well

ClassXI
Exercise 3
Work in pairs and identify the position of adverb used in the following
sentences. Write the position of adverb against each sentence. After completing,
share your work with your partner.
(Solved)
No. Sentence. Position of Adverb
1. he always goes to bed early. (Middle)
2. We never watch TV. (Middle)
er
3. Zakia and Zulifqar often go to the cinema. (Middle)
nt
4. Abdullah meets Noman once a week. (Middle)
5. I sometimes eat fast food. (Middle) Ce

ish
6. They hardly ever cook at home. (Middle)
7. He studies English every night. (Middle)

gl
8. You normally drink coffee. (Middle)

En
9. I rarely go to the park. (Middle)

E
10. They go to a restaurant from time to time. (End)

M
Exercise 4
Work individually and answer the following questions using frequency

expressions in the answer column. After completing, share your work with your
partner.
(Solved)
No. Question Answer
1. How often do you eat fruit?

Ans. I never eat fruit.

ClassXI
2. How often do you meet your friends?

2. I hardly meet my friends.
3. How often do you do exercise?

3. I regularly do exercise.
4. How often do you use the computer?

4. I normally use the computer
5. How often do you go away?

5. I sometimes go away.
Exercise 5
er
Work in pairs. Rewrite the following sentences by putting the frequency
nt
adverbs and expressions in the right place. Share your work with your partner
when it is completed.
(Solved) Ce
ish
1. Rashid is late for school. (never)
1. Rashid is never late for school.
gl
2. My brother doesn't write letters to his friends. (usually)

2. My brother usually doesn't write letters to his friends.
En
3. We go on holidays. (twice a year)

3. We go on holidays twice a year.
E
4. Asghar wears a tie. (sometimes)

M
4. Asghar sometimes wears a tie.
5. I eat fish. (once a week)

5. I eat fish once a week.
6. Do the children watch TV? (often)

6. Do the children often watch TV?
7. My father is very busy. (always)

7. My father is always very busy.
8. Naeem tidies his room. (never)

8. Nadeem never tidies his room.

ClassXI
9. My brother and I go fishing. (every week)

9. My brother and I go fishing every week.
10. My mother goes shopping on Saturdays. (always)

10. My mother always shopping on Saturday.
11. Do you get up late at the weekend? (usually)

11. Do you usually get up late at the weekend?
12. I drink tea. (every morning)

12. I drink tea every morning.
13. Shazia rides her motorbike to work. (sometimes)
er
13. Shazia sometimes ride her motorbike to work.
nt
14. I exercise in the afternoons. (often)
14. I often exercise in the afternoons.
15. Does Shahid have lunch at home? (usually)

15. Does Shahid usually have lunch at home?
Ce
ish
Exercise 6
gl
Work in pairs and fill in the blanks below with the best adverbs of frequency
given in the box. You can use one word more than one time. After you have
En
always almost always usually

E
often never sometimes seldom rarely hardly ever

M
I. My brother is never sad. He's happy.

I. My brother is never sad. He's ever happy.
2. I was late for work only one time last year. I'm late.
2. I was late for work only one time last year. I'm hardly late.
3. Mary failed only one test in high school. She passed her tests.
3. Mary failed only one test in high school. She almost passed her tests.
4. I always remember to do my homework. I forget to do it.

4. I always remember to do my homework. I never forget to do it
5. Steven seldom goes to a cinema. He sees movies.

ClassXI
5. Steven seldom goes to a cinema. He rarely sees movies.
6. Judy saw a doctor for the first time in three years. She gets sick.
6. Judy saw a doctor for the first time in three years. She seldom gets sick.
7. I get up at five o'clock seven days a week. I get up early.

7. I get up at five o'clock seven days a week. I usually get up early.
8. It's always hot and sunny where I live. That's why I see snow.
8. It's always hot and sunny where I live. That's why I sometimes see snow.
9. A: Do you ever drink coffee? B: Yes, but only , not often - just a few
times a week.
er
10. My sister almost never eats burgers and fries. She eats healthy foods.
nt
10. My sister almost never eats burgers and fries. She always eats healthy foods.
Ce
_____________________
ish
UNIT 7.4 GRAMMAR
Types of Sentence by Structure

gl
Sentences are of three kinds according to their structure. Look at the

En
following table to learn about types of sentences by structure.
Simple Sentences
E
Definition
M
It contains a Subject and a Verb, and it expresses a complete thought.
Examples
• The boys went to the park.
• We like mangoes.
Compound sentences
Definition
A compound sentence consists of two main clauses of equal importance,
joined together with a conjunction.
Examples

ClassXI
• The boys went to the park but they did not go to the zoo.
• We like mangoes and we like rice.
Complex sentences
Defintion
A complex sentence consists of one dependent clause and one or more
independent clauses.
Examples
• Because the boys went to the park, they did not go to the park.
• The boys did not go to the park because they went to the park.
er
Exercise 1
nt
Work in pairs and identify the types of following sentences by structure. After
completing, share your work with your partner.
No. Sentence. Type Ce

ish
1. I had a beautiful plant by my window but it died since I forgot to water it
regularly.
(Compound Sentence)
gl
2. With lightning speed, the pilot turned the plane and saved the passengers.
En
(Compound Sentence)
3. My favorite novel, which I have read many a times, depicts an epic battle
E
between good and evil.

(Compound)
M
4. To Sameer, nothing in the world could compare to the delicious bread that his
grandmother prepared for him.
(Compound)
5. I'll be waiting for you in the lobby so, please, come down when you're ready.
(Compound Sentence)
6. The student finished his test well before the end of the exam; nonetheless, he
was exhausted and didn't feel like editing his work.
(Simple)
7. I read the book that you gifted me.

ClassXI
(Complex)
Exercise 2
Work in pairs and convert following sentences into compound sentences.

After you have completed, share your work with your partner.
No. Sentences. Compound
1. He could not win a scholarship due to his carelessness. (Simple)

1. He was careless so he could not win a scholarship.
2. Feeling satisfied with his work, the Principal offered a permanent job.
er
2. The Principal felt satisfied with his work and he offered him a permanent job.
nt
3. The sun had risen, the fog disappeared.
3. The sun rose and the fog disappeared.
4. You must run very fast to win the race. Ce

4. You must run very fast, or you will not win the race.
ish
5. She lost the match. She claims for the win.
5. She claims for the win but she lost the match
gl
Exercise 3
En
Work individually and convert following sentences into complex sentences.

E
No. Sentences Complex

M
1. He rested in a chair near the wall.

1. He rested in a chair which was lying near the wall.
2. This industry is not likely to flourish, it will be closed.

2. It is not like that this industry will flourish, it will be closed.
3. Going through the book, he came upon a fine story.

3. As he was going through the book, he came upon a fine story.
4. Entrust me with the work and it will be done efficiently.

4. Entrust me with the work which will be done efficiently.

ClassXI
5. It is my opinion. The room needs to be painted.

5. In my opinion, the room needs to be painted.
Exercise 4
You have learnt about various types of sentence structure. Work individually.
Read the following paragraph and identify the sentence structure.
My philosophy of education is derived from my personal experiences. (Simple) I

have been an educator for 4 years, and I have learned a lot from more
experienced teachers in my district. (Compound) I also work mainly with students
from a low socioeconomic background; my background was quite
different. (Compound) I will discuss how all of these elements, along with
er
scholarly texts, have impacted my educational philosophy. (Complex)
nt
Exercise 5
Ce
The following paragraph has a number of complex sentences. Read the
paragraph and add a subordinating conjunction or a relative pronoun to connect
the clauses. Read the words given in the box at the bottom of paragraph before
ish
you start. You could cross them off as you use them. An example has been done
for you.
gl
Example:
En
Ramez, who was nearly dry, looked out to sea. Where the waves splashed around
the lighthouse, he saw a small boat, which was bobbing up and down in the
water.
E
Ramez, who was nearly dry, looked out to sea. Where the waves splashed around
M
the lighthouse, he saw a small boat, which was bobbing up and down in the
water. Someone had left it there where he went for a swim. Ramez felt
worried, so he nudged Junaid, whose back was turned. 'I haven't seen anyone get
into that boat which we got here,' he said to Junaid. 'Do you think that someone
is in trouble?' 'Look!' Junaid pointed to the rocks where a man was splashing in
the water and waving. 'If I'm not mistaken, he needs help!'
they had seen someone in danger, the boys knew what to do. Junaid ran
down to the rocks and threw a rubber ring would help him stay afloat. The boys
watched for the coastguard helicopter flew in to help. Junaid smiled with relief.
'Where ever you go Rameez, you always find an adventure!'
________________________

ClassXI
UNIT 8.4. GRAMMAR
Direct and Indirect Speech
You have already learnt about Direct Indirect Speech in your previous classes.
Now, Direct and Indirect Speech is taken to a more advanced level.
Exercise1
A conversation between Raza and Ali is given below in direct speech. Orally
discuss the conversation in the class.
Raza: What are you doing here, Ali? I haven't seen you since June.
er
Ali: I've just come back from my holiday in Turkey.
nt
Raza: Did you enjoy it?
Ce
Ali: I love Turkey. And the Turkish people were so friendly and hospitable.
ish
Raza: Did you visit Istanbul?
Ali: t was my first trip. I can show you some pictures. Are you doing anything
gl
tomorrow?
En
Raza: I must arrange a couple of things. But I am free tonight.
Ali: You might come to my place. What time shall we meet?

E
Raza: I'll be there at eight. Is it all right?

M
Ali: Fine.
(Class Work)
Exercise 2
Now, work in pairs and fill in the following blanks after applying rules of
narration. After completing, exchange your work with your class fellows.
(Solved)
i. Raza asked Ali_________ . He said________ .

ClassXI
i. Raza asked Ali what he was doing there. He said that he had not seen
him since June.
ii. Ali explained that________ back from holiday in Turkey.

ii. Ali explained that he had then come back from his holiday in Turkey.
iii. Raza wondered if_________ it.

iii. Raza wondered if he had enjoyed it.
iv. Ali told him that he__________ Turkey and that the Turkish people so
friendly.
iv. Ali told him that he loved Turkey and that the Turkish people had been so
friendly.
er
V. Raza wanted to know to_________ Turkey.
nt
V. Raza wanted to know if he visited Istanbul.
Ce
vi. Ali said that it________ first trip and that he________ some pictures.
vi. Ali said that it was his first trip and that he could show him some pictures.
ish
vii. And then he further questioned him if he .
vii. And then he further questioned him if he would be (was) doing anything the
next day.
gl
viii. Raza elucidated that he a________ couple of things.

En
viii. Raza elucidated that he had to arrange a couple of things.
ix. But he added that he_______ free at night.

E
ix. But he added that he was not free at that night.

M
X. Ali suggested that he________ place and asked him what time ___________.
X. Ali suggested that he might go to his place and asked him what time they
would meet.
xi Raza confirmed that he_________ there at eight.

xi Raza confirmed that they would be there at eight.
Exceptional Rules of Narration
There is no change in verb tenses in indirect speech when:
• The reporting verb is in the Present or Future tense.

ClassXI
• If the reported sentence deals with a fact or general truth.
• The verb of reported sentence is in the unreal past (the second or the third
conditional).
• Had better, could, would, used to, should, might, ought to and must remain
unchanged.
Exercise 3
Work in pairs and change the direct speech of following sentences into indirect
speech. Use the words given below. After you have completed, share your work
with your partner.
er
exclaimed with sorrow. advised exclaimed with
nt
joy warned. requested wished exclaimed with disgust ordered
exclaimed with wonder allowed
(Solved) Ce
ish
1. The poor man said to me, 'Please help me.'
1. The poor man requested me to help him.
gl
2. Rida said, 'Ah! My cat is dead."

2. Rida exclaimed with sorrow that her cat was dead.
En
3. The teacher said to the students, 'Respect elders."

3. The teacher advised the students to respect the elders.
E
4. He said to the customer, 'Come in, please."

M
4.He allowed the customer to come in.
5. She said, 'Ugh! It's very hot today.'

5. She exclaimed with disgust that it was very hot that day.
6. The policeman said to the prisoner, 'Do not fight in the prison.'
6. Tbe policeman ordered the prisoner not to fight in the prison.
7. He said to me, 'Don't stay here anymore."

7. He warmed me to stay there anymore.
8. Eman said, 'What a beautiful house it is!!

8. Eman exclaimed with wonder that what a beautiful house it was.

ClassXI
9. Ghazala said, 'Hurrah! I have passed ultimately."

9. Ghazala exclaimed with joy that she had passed ultimately.
10. They said to me, 'Eid Mubarak.'

10. They wished me Eid Mubarak.
Exercise 4 (Solved)
Work in pairs and insert punctuations where required. After completing, share it
with your partner. An example has been done. "What country do you come
from," said Bilal. (Mistake in the book). "What country do you come from?" said
Bilal.
er
1. How long have you been here said Kinza
1. "How long have you been here?" said Kinza.
nt
2. Are you working as well as studying asked Persia
Ce
2. 'Are you working as well as studying?' asked Persia.
3. Have you got a work permit Bilal wanted to know

ish
3. "Have you got a work permit?" Bilal wanted to know.
4. What are you going to study asked Anny

gl
4. 'What are you going to study?' asked Anny.

En
5. Have you enrolled for more than one class inquired Jamil
5. "Have you enrolled for more than one class?" inquired Jamil.
E
6. Do you want to buy any second-hand books said Bilal

6. "Do you want to buy any second-hand books?" said Bilal.
M
7. Have you seen the library asked Anny

7. "Have you seen the library?" asked Anny.
8. Do you play rugby said Jamil

8. 'Do you play rugby?' said Jamil.
9. Will you have time to play regularly he said

9. "Will you have time to play regularly?" he said.
10. Did you play for your school team said Bilal Are you interested in acting asked Anny
10. "Did you play for your school team?" said Bilal. "Are you interested in
acting?" asked Anny.

ClassXI
Vocabulary
Exercise 1 (Solved)
Work in pairs and encircle the option of the best meaning for the underlined word
as it is used in context. Use thesaurus for your help. After you have completed,
share your work with your partner.
a) My brother said, "I just freed myself from a very loquacious neighbour."
a. pretentious
b. grouchy
c. talkative
d. worried
er
b) There is no doubt that the idea of living in such a benign climate was appealing.
nt
a. tropical
b. not malignant
c. kind
d. favorable Ce
ish
c) It is difficult to imagine a surfeit of talent in one individual.
a. excess
b. variety
gl
c. superiority
d. lack
En
d) There is a large demand all over the United States for plants indigenous to the
desert.
E
a. native
b. necessary
M
c. foreign
d. alien
e) Increase in racial attacks on immigrants is the result of xenophobia.

a. honesty
b. fear of foreigners
c. kindliness
d. stubbornness
Exercise 2
Work individually and use the bold words in Exercise 7, in your own
sentences. Write the sentences in your notebook. After you have completed,

ClassXI
exchange the work with your class fellows.
(Solved)
1. loquacious.
After drinking four beers, my normally quiet wife becomes quite loquacious.
2. benign.
I just smiled benignly and stood back.
3. surfeit.
In other words, there is a huge shortage of money and a vast surfeit of debt!
er
4. indigenous.
The park is also home to indigenous tribes.
nt
5. xenophobia.
Excessive patriotism can lead to xenophobia.
Exercise 3
Ce
ish
Work in pairs and use the contextual clues given in the sentences with an
appropriate word. Use the required words from the box given below in sentences.
gl
You can use one word twice. After completing, share your work with your partner.
En
cordially. conferred. onerous. unprecedented. cyclonic. revolution

sovereign. dominions. inhabitants. titanic. pronouncement. colossal
grievous. undermine. starvation
E
1. His successor, Mustafa Pasha, continued the work and

M
cooperated cordially with the English officials.
2. Two years later, the same prize was conferred on him without competition.
3. From 20 to 30 animals perished of starvation diseases caused by insufficient

food.
4. The University of the Punjab conferred upon him the honorary degree of PhD.
5. Cleaning your coffee pot is not an/a onerous chore.
6. However, during the late 1950s a dramatic and unprecedented increase in

public concern for the environment occurred.

ClassXI
7. After the revolution in Russia, western Turkestan became a member of the

Federation of Soviet Republics.
8. The latest government pronouncement stipulated that a "Line in the sand had
been drawn at Gorakhpur."
9. Some of the figures are of colossal "size; one, for instance, is 57 ft.
10. A heavy backpack is destined to undermine your traveling pleasure.
11. Ramiz offered a hand to Sana and she accepted it cordially.
12. When he hides his face, trouble becomes more grievous.
er
___________________
nt
a. Conditional Sentences Type-II
Ce
UNIT 9.4 GRAMMAR
ish
You have already learnt about conditional sentences type-l in your previous
classes. Now, let us learn about conditional sentences type-ll. Conditional
gl
sentences type-II is a structure used for talking about unreal situations in the
present or in the future. In these sentences, the time is now or any time, and the
En
The situation is unreal. They are not based on fact, and they refer to an unlikely or
hypothetical condition and its probable result. The use of the past tense after
'if' indicates unreality. For example: If the weather wasn't so bad, we would go to
E
the park.
The structure of conditional sentences type-II can be formed by the following
M
way:
If Clause. Main Clause
If + simple past tense. S+ could/ would/ might+V (1)+O
If this thing happened. that thing would happen
If it rained, you would get wet
Example:
If it rained, you would get wet

ClassXI
Note: The sentence can begin with an :if' clause or a main clause. If the sentence
begins with an 'if clause', put a comma between the if clause and the main clause.
If + past tense (.) present unreal conditional (would/ could/ might
Example:
• If I went to Paris, I would see the Eiffel Tower.
OR
• I would see the Eiffel Tower if I went to Paris.
Note: In 'If Clauses Type 2', we usually use 'were' which is past form of 'to be'
instead of 'was' although the pronoun is 'I, he, she or it'.
er
Examples:
• If I were you, I wouldn't marry with him.
nt
• If she were ill, she couldn't attend the meeting.
• If it weren't snowy, I would go out.
Exercise 1 Ce
The following paragraph is on 'Unsustainable Environment'. Work in group of
ish
three. Each group is required to write a paragraph proposing solutions to this
issue. After completing, exchange your paragraphs to the other group.
gl
Fish is one of Pakistan's favorite foods. In Pakistan, the average person eats
36 pounds (16 kg) of fish every year. But many kinds of fish in the River are
En
disappearing because people and poachers catch too many of them.

Environmentalists say that 90 percent of the biggest fish are gone now from the
River Indus. If we catch too many big fish now, there won't be any baby fish in the
E
future. Our way of fishing now is not sustainable --- it can't continue for a long
time without hurting the environment.
M
(Class Practice)
Exercise 2
i. Now, read the paragraphs and identify the type of sentence structure your class
fellows have used.
ii. Identify the situation from the following option in which the responses were
used.
a. impossible condition in the past and its impossible result in the past
b. unlikely and hypothetical situation with probable result

ClassXI
c. possible condition with possible result
Exercise 3
Write paragraphs on the following topics by following the pattern of conditional

type-II structures.
• If you were chairman of the Union Council of your area....

If I were the chairman of the Union Council of our area I would report to the
concerned authorities in respect of: Encroachment on State or local government
property and violation of land use and building laws, rules and bye-laws. I
would also try to solve the problems of my area.
er
• If you were elected the Prime Minister of Pakistan...
If I were elected the Prime Minister of Pakistan, I would work to eradicate
nt
poverty. I would make education free, so that poor people could also study in
schools and colleges. I would also try to eradicate the illiteracy from the
country.
• If you were the Principal of your college....

Ce
ish
If I were the principal of my college, I would stop these long lectures of
discipline and hard work. I would tell students short stories with a moral in
them so they could learn good values. I would promote a little more or different
gl
extra-curricular activities. I would also decrease the amount of homework.

En
Punctuation: Square Brackets
The square brackets are used to modify another person's words which were not
E
originally said by him. This modification is made mostly by an editor.

M
Examples:
The Officer inquired:

"Where and when did it [the robbery] take place?"
The witness answered:
The robbery took place at a bank [The Reserved Bank) yesterday.
Here are some rules of using square brackets.
[sic] is used to spot any grammar mistake made by the original writer.
Example:
The mister believed that his statement was appropriate and did not undermine
the moral [sic] of the party workers.
• Brackets with ellipsis [. ] the three dots can be used to show text omitted from
a quotation

ClassXI
Example:
Mrs. Nishat Khan is the only genius [. ] with an IQ 60.
Exercise 4
Now, work in pairs and use the square brackets where required the following
paragraph. After completing, compare it with partner.
"He Kasona was born in 1971. At that time, Namibia [a poor country] has many
problems. The country was at war 1966 to 1990. Because of the fighting, many
indigenous [the Namibians] had rifles which caused a problem poaching. During
that time, poachers killed many wild animals [black rhinos] for their horns in their
valuable body parts. To make things even worse around 1980 a terrible drought
er
killed life [people, livestock, and wildlife]. By 1995, there were only few wild
animals [lions and cheetahs] left in the Kunene region in the northwest of the
nt
country"
Vocabulary
C. Thesaurus
Ce
ish
A thesaurus is a book that lists words grouped together according to similarity of
meanings or synonyms and sometimes antonyms opposite in meaning - without
explaining their meanings or usage. A thesaurus may list words alphabetically or
gl
conceptually.
En
Example:
The different synonyms of word 'Modest' have been taken from thesaurus. Look
at the following table and observe the different synonyms of word 'Modest' have
E
been used in various contexts.

M
Use of Synonyms Closest to the Meaning of the Given Context
Original Word. Synonyms. Contextual Meaning. Use in Sentence
1. Modest
Synonyms
- Moderate
- Ordinary
- Humble
Contextual Meanings
Relatively moderate, limited, or small of an amount, rate, or level

ClassXI
Sentence
Though born and married in a modest (moderate or ordinary or ordinary) family,
she always daydreamed about being rich.
We walked at a moderate pace, however, travelled a long distance by the

evening.
His artwork depicts the life of an ordinary people.

Only few politicians in world come from a humble, unprivileged background.
Exercise 5
Work individually. Use a thesaurus to find the synonyms closest to the meaning of
the given words below. Use them in your own sentences separately. Follow the
er
example given above.
nt
Original Word.
Afford
Synonyms
Bear
Ce
ish
Survive
Contextual Meaning
gl
1. My father is a farmer, he can't afford my fees.

2. The pain was almost more than he could bear.
En
3. Food is essential to survive.
Use in Sentence
E
They couldn't afford new coats for the children.

M
Original Word.
Fine
Synonyms
Excellent,
Clear,
Contextual Meaning
Of very high quality.
Use in Sentence
The house looks fine to me.
______________________

ClassXI
UNIT 10.4: GRAMMAR
a. Active Voice and Passive Voice
You have already learnt in detail about active voice and passive voice in your
previous classes. Let us revise some of its rules.
Active Voice
When an action performed by the subject is expressed by the verb, it is known as
an active voice. Active voice is used when more straightforward relation and
clarity is required between the subject and the verb.
For example:
er
1. Hens lay eggs.
2. Birds build nests
nt
Passive Voice
Ce
When the action expressed by the verb is received by the subject, it is known as
passive voice. Passive voice is used when the doer of the action is not known and
the focus of the sentence is on the action and not the subject.
ish
For example:
1. Eggs are laid by hens.
gl
2. Nests are built by birds.

En
Active and Passive Voice Rules for Conversion of Sentence
Below are the active-passive voice rules to follow for changing an active sentence
E
into a passive voice.

M
Tense or Modal + Base. Active Voice. Passive Voice
Simple
Present. beat/beats am/is/are beaten
Past. beat. was/were beaten
Future. shall/will beat. shall/will be beaten
Continuous
Present. am/is/are beating. am/is/are being beaten
Past. was/were beating. was/were being beaten
Future. shall/will be beating. Not applicable.
Perfect

ClassXI
Present. have/has beaten. have/has been beaten

Past. had beaten. had been beaten
Future. shall/will have beaten. shall/will have been beaten
Perfect Continuous
Present. Not applicable
Past. Not applicable
Future Not applicable
Can/may/must
etc. base. , can/may/must, etc beat. can/may/must, etc be beaten.
Note: With conversion of Active Voice sentence into Passive Voice sentence, the
er
pronoun used in the sentence also changes in the following manner.
nt
Active Voice Pronoun. Passive Voice Pronoun
I
We.
He.
Me
Us
Him
Ce
ish
She. Her
They. Them
You. You
gl
It. It
En
Exercise 1
Given below is a sample of brief synopsis of a research report. It is written in

E
active voice. Work in pairs and change the following from active voice into passive
voice. After you have completed, share your work with your partner.
M
In this research, I administered a research survey. I created a compelling sample

of 100 scientists. I invited them to participate in the survey by sending them an
invite through emails. I received e-mail addresses from different research centres
of the country.
(Solved)
In this research, A research survey was administered by me. A compelling

sample of 100 scientists was created (by me). They were invited by mail to
participate in the survey (by me). E-mail addresses were received (by me) from
different research centres of the country.

ClassXI
Exercise 2
Given below is a sample of newspaper report. It is written in passive voice.

Work individually and change the following from passive voice into active voice.
Then, write the same in your notebook.
A bus has been stolen from outside the school. The thief was seen by some
children. The bus is being searched by the police now. Children's descriptions will
be used by them to catch the thief.
(Solved)
A thief has stolen a bus from outside the school. Some children saw the thief.
er
The police are now searching the bus. They will use children's description to catch
the thief.
nt
Exercise 3
Ce
Work in pairs and change the voice of the following sentences. Rewrite the
sentences in your notebook and share your work with your partner.
ish
(Solved)
gl
1. Don't touch the naked wire.

1. Let the naked wire not be touched.
En
(You are forbidden to touch the naked wire.)
2. There is nothing to say.

E
2. There is nothing to be said.

M
3. He has to purchase a car.

3. A car has to be purchased by him.
4. One should listen to one's conscience.

4. Conscience should be listened to.
5. I like the people to respect me.

5. I like to be respected.
6. Turn him out.

6. Let him to be turned out.
7. Someone killed the criminal.

ClassXI
7. The criminal was killed by someone.
8. It is time to switch off T.V.

8. It is time for TV to be switched off.
9. I am to take tea.
9. Tea is to be taken by me.
10. Please bring me a glass of water.

10. Let a glass of water be brought to me.
(You are requested to bring me a glass of water.)
11. Let her write a poem.
er
11. Let a poem be written by her.
nt
12. Did you tell a lie?
12. Was a lie told by you?
13. Why did you help her?

13. Why was she helped by you?
Ce
ish
14. The judge enquired in to the case.
14. The case was enquired into by the judge.
gl
15. She made me sing.

En
15. I was made to sing by her.
Vocabulary and Spelling

E
Exercise 4
M
Work in pairs and use words given below to complete the following text. After
you have completed, share your work with your partner.
resembles, wilderness, purpose, findings, valley, strangest, construction, political,

pending, inhabitants, mystery, unclear, archaeologists, believed, vastness, located
(Remaining)
The historic RaniKot Fort is a mystery. It was built on mountains of the Kirthar
Ranges of Sindh. It is located about 28 kilometers from the Sann Gate from
Jamshoro City. It is believed to be the largest fort in the world having walls nearly
35 kilometers long. The age of the fort is unclear, however, archaeologists predict

ClassXI
that the magnificent structure was built sometime in the 9th century. Visually, its
walls are truly a roller coaster ride, sometimes going as high as three thousand
feet above sea level while other times instantly sliding down towards the ground.
Archaeologists want to ensure Rani Kot Fort gets the recognition it deserves.
Its construction resembles the Great Wall of China which is why it is often
referred to as "The Great Wall of Sindh." Since 1993, it has been on the tentative
list to be designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Its status is still pending.
Many agree that it is the most fascinating place in Sindh.
The surrounding walls of RaniKot Fort are made from gypsum and lime cut
sandstone.
To give you an idea of the vastness of RaniKot Fort, it is so large that there is
enough space in it for building hundreds of other forts.
er
It has been determined that RaniKot Fort was built for the purpose of
nt
defence and to house many inhabitants. The rulers of different times lived here
and it was the center of political activities where many ancient leaders of Sindh
Ce
gathered. Artefacts uncovered at Rani Kot tell a fascinating story of its inhabitants
and a rich history that spans thousands of years. Some of the
include strangest archaic coins, terracotta of the Indus Civilization, an engraved
ish
sign of a swastika, a leaf of the papal tree (sacred fig); evidence of a peacock,
sunflower, and lotus flower; remains of Zoroastrians and Buddhists, and arrows of
different kinds.
gl
The entire fort is surrounded by hills that form a small valley through which
a stream passes. Its name is taken from this "Rani" meaning Stream.
En
The Rani Kot Fort resembles no other fort in the world. Its unusual size, lost
history, strategically useless position, uninhabited area, and unexplored features
make the fort one of the wilderness places in the world. One would require a
E
time machine to solve its mystery. Its unusual size and location in the
absolute findings doesn't make sense, at least in the present times.
M
Exercise 5
Work in pairs and correct the spelling mistakes in the paragraph below. After you
have completed, share your work with your partner.
Food directly afects your phyzical and emottional health. If you eat none-
nutricious gunk food and do note pay attenttion to your diete, than you pay the
prise of poor healdh or became severly overwieght. If you eat good food and
conttrol wat you eat, your chancess of bieng healdhy are much bettre. The palace
to bigin a healdhy livestyle is in your choisec of food, dat is in your deit. I beleive,
a deit is a plain for eating. A well-ballenced deit perovides all of the anergy you
ned to keepe acttive thruoghuot the day. It also gives you the nutreints you ned

ClassXI
for grouth and repear, hellping you to saty strrong and healdhy and help to
perevent deit-relatad illnes, such as some cansers.
(Solved)
Food directly affects your physical and emotional health. If you eat non-
nutritious hunk food and do not pay attention to your diet, than you pay the
prise of poor health or became severely overweight. If you eat good food and
control what you eat, your chances of being healthy are much better. The place
to begin a healthy life style is in your choice of food, that is in your diet. I
believe, a diet is a plain for eating. A well balanced diet provides all of the
energy you need to keep active throughout the day. It also gives you the
nutrients you need for growth and repair, helping you to stay strong and
er
healthy and help to prevent diet-related illness, such as some cancers.
nt
Exercise 6
Ce
Work individually. In each of the groups of words below, one word may be
misspelt or no words may be misspelled. If a word is misspelled, write it correctly
to the right of each group. If none of the words in the group is misspelled, write
ish
"none."
1. fuzzes, laundrys, sufficient

gl
(Laundries)
En
2. turkeys, trophies, arrival, armies

(Turkey)
E
3. acrage, analysis, dosage

(acreage)
M
4. acompaniment, played, interviewed

(Accompaniment)
5. privilege, excelling, eighth

(No Error)
6. adolescence, contemporary, ninty

(Ninety)
7. athletic, conscious, mathmatics

(Mathematics)

ClassXI
8. performence, fiery, recede

(Performance)
9. leisure, familiar, proffessor

(Professor)
10. undoubtly, experience, succeed

(Undoubtedly)
11. seize, acceptance, grammer

(Grammar)
12. pleasant, slyly, watches
er
nt
13. accidentally, embarass, intelligence
(Embarrass)
14. prejudice, preferred, lieutenant

(No mistake)
Ce
ish
15. payed, characteristic, intelligence, attendant
(Paid)
gl
16. sergeant, noticable, deceit

En
(Noticeable)
17. particuler, arbitrarily, attorneys

E
(Particular)
M
18. neither, acknowledge, goverment

(Government)
19. permmit, referring, foreign

(Permit)
20. halves, accross,

(Across)
21. subtle, judgement, ancient

(No mistake)
22. said, envirement, interest

ClassXI
(Environment)
23. realize, alleys, acheive

(Achieve)
24. preference, convenient, releif

(Relief)
25.awkward,considerably, neccessary
(Necessary)
_____________________
er
nt
Ce
ish
gl
En
E
M
____Prepared By|UmmeAiman

Class 11 New English Book Notes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Class 11 New English Book Notes

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Class 11 New English Book Notes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Class XI

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

Unit 1.1 “Quaid on 11th August, 1947.”

Unit 9.1 “Choosing a Career.”

Unit 10.1 “Pearls of Wisdom.”

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

Unit 1. "Democratic Citizenship"

1. What do you know about the Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah?

3. What was his vision for Pakistan? Ce

4. Share some famous quotes of the Quaid-e-Azam.

Ans. Some famous quotes of the Quaid-e-Azam are given below.

taken, stand by it as one man.”

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

1. Unprecedented unmatched, never known or done before

2. Sovereign supreme, absolute

3. Monster a large and ugly creature

5. Colossal huge, massive

6. Nepotism favoritism (relatives)

7. Onerous severe, heavy, hard

10. Relentlessly continuously

1. Put down E. stop holding something

2. Bring about D. to cause something to happen

3. Go through J. read or examine thoroughly

4. Conferred upon A. grant of something for

6. with an iron hand H. with full force

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

7. To tackle the monster F. to deal or face great problem

8. Bring to bear G. have an effect of something

9. To bury the hatchet C. to end fight to make peace

10. To lead someone to I. encourage to do an expected task

iii. According to the Quaid-e-Azam, 'cyclonic revolution' meant a wave of _______.

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

d) law and order situation

a) support & cooperation

b) justice & fair play ✓

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

Q2. Which were the greatest curses according to the Quaid-i-Azam?

Q3. What was the Quaid's vision about religious freedom?

equal citizens of one State."

Q4. According to the Quaid-i-Azam, what lesson should we learn?

should not be a supersession of one community to another. There should not be

discrimination on the basis of religion, caste, creed or community. All citizens

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

2. Hope that with your support we will make this (Opinion)

3. The first duty of the Government is to maintain law and (Opinion)

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

4. All kinds of inhabitants are living in the sub-continent. (Fact)

5. Nepotism and jobbery are social evils. ( Fact)

6. The mighty revolution that has taken place is ( Opinion)

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

Unit 2. "Preservation Of Nature"

1. Look at the pictures and compare and contrast them.

1. Marred spoil, ruin

2. Tarred covered with tar

3. Grooves channels, trenches

Visit ( ME English Center ) on YOUTUBE for all videos lectures

4. Sneak move or go in a furtive or stealthy way

7. Moss a very small, green or yellow plant

8. Jollity lively and cheerful activity or celebration

10. Petulant bad-tempered